Home

Quantum DLT-S4 Reference Guide

1. MSB Saf Disconnect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 8 9 Connect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 10 11 Maximum Burst Size LSB 12 EMDP 0 Fair Arbitration 0 DIMM 0 DTDC 13 Reserved MSB 14 15 Reserved LSB Table 94 Parallel SCSI Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 02h identifies this as the Disconnect Reconnect Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Buffer Full Ratio Always set to 0 Buffer Empty Ratio Always set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 166 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description Bus Inactivity Limit Always set to 0 Disconnect Time Limit Always set to 0 Connect Time Limit Always set to 0 Maximum Burst Size Defaults to 80h limiting bursts to a size of 64K EMDP Enable Modify Data Pointers Always set to 0 DIMM Disconnect Immediate Always set to 0 DTDC Data Transfer Disconnect Control Always set to 0 Gt Figure 87 Fibre Channel Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code
2. 1 Page Length 06h 2 Reserved Protocol Identifier 1h 3 Reserved MSB 4 5 Synchronous Transfer Timeout LSB 6 7 Reserved EEE ee Table 77 Parallel SCS Port Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the Port Control Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Protocol Identifier A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to a SPI 5 compliant port see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard Synchronous Indicates the amount of time in 1 msec increments that the drive waits for an ACK Transfer Timeout during data transfers before performing an unexpected BUS FREE operation DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 127 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 69 Fibre Channel Port Control MODE SELECT Page Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 19h 1 Page Length 06h 2 Reserved Protocol Identifier Oh 3 DTFD 0 PLPB 1 DDIS 1 DLM 0 RHA 0
3. 95 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description DS 1 Disable Save TSD any_ Target Save Disable When set to zero indicates the parameter is saved periodically When set to one the parameter is not saved ETC 0 Enable Threshold Comparison TMC 0 Threshold Met Criteria LBIN any List Binary When set to zero indicates the parameter value is in ASCII When set to one indicates the parameter value is a binary number LP any List Parameter When set o zero indicates the parameter value is a counter When set to one indicates the parameter value is not a counter Parameter Specifies the number of bytes in the parameter value Length Parameter Indicates the actual value of this log parameter Value Gee aaau Figure 48 Cleaning Related Log Parameters Format for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Reserved CInQ ClnR ClnEx Reserved LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 96 Table 61 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Parameter 0001h Cleaning Related Field Descriptions DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description ClnQ Set to 1 if a cleaning required condition exists When the condition clears the drive also clears this bit ClnR Set to 1 if a cleaning request condition exists When the condition clears the drive also clears this bit CInEx Set to 1 if
4. Medium Type Descriptor Data Format cccceeen REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block Data Format cccccccccccccessecssseessecessecsecsseecssseesecesnees REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Data Format n se REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block Data LUN Reporting Parameter List Data Format REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command Descriptor Block Data Format eee eee All_ commands Parameter Descriptor Block Data POEM ates ies 29 See ed lie ore ie al Ee aan ANE ae All_commands Command Descriptor Data Format One_command Parameter Data Data Format REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command Descriptor Block Data Format TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command Parameter Data Data Formatori nen e EA ER A REPORT TIMESTAMP Command Data Format REPORT TIMESTAMP Command Parameter Data Data Formatsion m naan A r RE aces th en ee REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block Data Eomae A tielin as audseignn amet sisastbedeivians stents REQUEST SENSE Data Format cece ccecccessecenseeeees RESERVE UNIT Command Descriptor Block Data POLM At asestesiie A EN RESERVE UNIT Command Data Field Descriptions REWIND Command Descriptor Block Data Format SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block Data Formatic stete cited sceteeieicn nella dete xvi DLT S4 Interfa
5. Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 1Ch identifies this as the TapeAlert Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Perf Performance Performance Impacting Exceptions are acceptable The drive ignores this bit EBF Enable Background Function Must be set to 0 EWASC Enable Warning Must be set to 0 DExcpt Disable Information Exception Operations When set to 0 the reporting method specified by the contents of the MRIE field is selected When set to 1 all information exception conditions are disabled regardless of the contents of the MRIE field When in this mode the software polls the TapeAlert Log page To enable CHECK CONDITION mode set DExcpt to 0 Default setting is 1 Test Generates false TapeAlert conditions to test the response to failure conditions see the Report Count Test Flag Number description for more information If both Test and DExcpt are set to 1 the drive returns CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST LogErr Error Log Must be set to 0 DLT
6. Performing a Register service action from the same initiator with the value of the service action Reservation Key set to 0 When a Reservation Key has not yet been established or when the Reservation Key has been removed a Reservation Key of 0 is used when the initiator issues a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with the Register service action When the reservation has been removed no information is reported for the initiator in the Read Keys service action of the resulting PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command Olh Reserve A PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with Reserve service action creates a persistent reservation with a specified Scope and Type Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any initiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that specifies a Release Clear Preempt or Preempt amp Abort service action DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 222 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Code Name Description 02h Release A PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with Release service action removes a persistent reservation held by the same initiator The fields associated with a Release service action match fields of the active persistent reservation Sending a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that specifies a Release service action when no persistent reservation exists from that initiator does not result in an error Instead the dri
7. cccee 46 Port NAA Identifier Data Format cee eeeneeees 47 Relative Target Port Identifier Data Format 00 48 Sequential Access Device Capabilities VPD Page Datta FOr ats izstecsccs os odsccnsavvecceseenvrceceacesvhestexeeatpscncsscoetu cesteeesusete 49 ix DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number Page Data Format ereire enrio a a E R E Sosstaruns seas tautetace Firmware Build Information Page Data Format Subsystem Components Revision Page Data Format LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block Data ROrM ats isteiseniauie netsh seein net eager oh he atk LOCATE Command Descriptor Block Data Format LOG SELECT Descriptor Block Data Format 0 LOG SELECT Log Page Data Format cceseeeeeeeeeees LOG SELECT Log Page Parameters Format ss General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SELECT Page Header Format i iene ihe haa eatin eee ls General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SELECT Page Parameter ROrmat cseicsiscissteesbieasststtetiesievanaribbterestineeissidevnatens LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block Data Format nssr EE aa EE EEE EEEE EEE E
8. Bit MSB 0 3 Current Amount of Data Written LSB MSB 4 7 Current Write Retries Count LSB MSB 8 11 Current Amount of Data Read LSB MSB 12 15 Current Read Retries Count LSB MSB 16 19 Previous Amount of Data Written LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 252 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 20 23 Previous Write Retries Count LSB MSB 24 27 Previous Amount of Data Read LSB MSB 28 31 Previous Read Retries Count LSB MSB 32 35 Total Amount of Data Written LSB MSB 36 39 Total Write Retries Count LSB MSB 40 43 Total Amount of Data Read LSB MSB 44 47 Total Read Retries Count LSB MSB 48 51 Load Count LSB MSB 52 55 Total Change Partition Count LSB MSB 56 59 Total Partition Initialize Count LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 253 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Table 143 PARTITION USAGE HISTORY Attribute Parameter Data Field Descriptions Field Description Current Amount of Data Written Indicates the amount of data physically written to the medium in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB during this load of the medium This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097
9. EOM End of Medium When set to 1 indicates that an End of Medium condition End of Partition or Beginning of Partition exists The warning is also given by setting the Sense Key to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code Qualifier to END OF PARTITION or BEGINNING OF PARTITION ILI Incorrect Length Indicator When set to 1 indicates that the requested logical block length did not match the logical block length of the data on the tape medium Only READ or VERIFY commands cause this bit to be set to 1 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 307 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Field Description Sense Key The Sense Key values are described in table 173 Information Contains the difference residue between the requested length minus the actual length in bytes blocks or Filemarks as determined by the command Negative values are indicated by two s complement notation The bytes are valid for all READ WRITE SPACE and VERIFY commands for which the drive generated a CHECK CONDITION status Additional Sense Specifies the number of additional sense bytes to follow If the value in the Length Allocation Length field of the CDB is too small to transfer all of the Additional Sense bytes the Additional Sense Length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation Command Command Specific Information bytes can be logged by the operating system on Specific error conditions On tap
10. Security Flag Level Description 59 WORM W The tape drive has detected an inconsistency during WORM medium Medium integrity checks Someone may have tampered with the cartridge Integrity Check Failed 60 WORM W An attempt has been made to overwrite user data on a WORM Medium medium Overwrite TEE Attempted 1 If a WORM medium was used inadvertently replace it with a normal data medium 2 If a WORM medium was used intentionally check that the software application is compatible with the WORM medium format you are using Note W Warning C Critical X Informational Device Wellness Log Page 33h DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide The Device Wellness Page returns information about any CHECK CONDITION status related to Sense Keys 03h 04h 09h and OBh that the tape drive has logged This page can contain up to 16 entries parameter code 0000h to 000Fh Note that parameter code 0000h contains the oldest log information while parameter code 000Fh contains the most recent log information This page begins with a 4 byte header followed by the log parameter blocks as shown in figure 42 88 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 42 Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page Header Format Bit Byte y 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Page Code 33h 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB Table 55 Device Wellness ae LOG SENSE Header Field mee ica Descriptions
11. o 1 Mode Data Length LSB 2 Medium Type 3 WP Buffered Mode Speed 0 4 5 Reserved MSB 6 7 Block Descriptor Length LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 160 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Table 90 MODE SENSE Data Header Field Descriptions Field Description Mode Data Length Specifies the length in bytes of the MODE SENSE data that is available to be transferred Note that the Mode Data Length does not include its own length Medium Type The drive checks the media type which can be one of the following Type Description 00h Unknown or not present 81h _ Cleaning tape 86h Super DLTtape I 87h Super DLTtape IIt Super DLTtape II WORM 91h DLTtape S4 DLTtape S4 WORM WP Write Protect When set to 0 indicates that the tape is write enabled When set to 1 indicates that the tape is write protected Buffered Mode When set to 0 the drive does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until it actually writes the data blocks to tape When set to 1 the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer This is the default configuration of the drive Note that if Buffered Mode is not used the drive suffers a degradation of performance and capacity Speed Always set to 0 indicating the default speed Block Descriptor Length Specif
12. Parameter Value re eee Table 48 Temperature LOG SENSE Parameters Field Description Parameter Parameter codes supported for the Temperature page are as follows Code Code Description 0000h Current operating temperature degrees Celsius 0001h Reference temperature degrees Celsius This is the maximum reported sensor temperature at which the tape drive is capable of operating continuously without experiencing degradation beyond the limits specified in the DLT S4 Product Manual for this product Parameter Bit Value Description Control Byte DU 0 Disable Update DS 1 Disable Save TSD 0 Target Save Disable ETC 0 Enable Threshold Comparison TMC 0 Threshold Met Criteria Ignored DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 78 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description Parameter LBIN 1 List Binary Control Byte f LP 1 List Parameter continued Parameter Specifies the number of bytes in the parameter value All parameters are 2 bytes in Length length Parameter Indicates the actual value of this log parameter Value SAS Phy Control and The SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page defined in figure 37 is used Discover Log Page 18h to report errors that have occurred on the SAS target device s phy Figure 37 SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page Bit 0 Page Code 18h 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Pag
13. DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 299 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command A3h 0Ch Table 166 One_command Parameter Data Field Descriptions Field Description Support Indicates how the drive supports the requested command All values other than those listed are reserved Value Description 000b The drive cannot currently return data about the requested command All data following byte 1 is invalid Another request for command data may be successful 0001b The drive does not support the requested command All data following byte 1 is invalid 011b The drive supports the requested command as defined in the appropriate SCSI standards specification The parameter data after byte 1 is valid 101b The drive supports the requested command in a vendor specific manner The parameter data after byte 1 is valid CDB Size Contains the size in bytes of the data returned in the CDB Usage Data field as well as the number of bytes in the CDB of the returned command CDB Usage Contains information about the CDB of the returned command The first byte contains Data the operation code of the returned command If the returned command has a service action the service action code is placed in this field in the exact location that the service action code appears in the returned command CDB The remaining bytes in this field contain a usage map of the fields in the CDB of the
14. Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command A3h 05h Table 160 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description Service Action A service action of 05h identifies this as the REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command Allocation Length If the Allocation Length is not large enough to hold all of the parameter data the drive truncates the data it returns This is not considered an error The actual length of the parameter data is available in the Identifier Length field in the parameter data If the remainder of the parameter data is required the application client must send a new REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command with a value in the Allocation Length field large enough to hold all of the data The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list contains a 4 byte field that sets the length in bytes of the parameter list and the drive s identifier Ml Figure 147 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Data Format Bit 0 3 Identifier Length n 4 LSB 4 n Identifier DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 290 Table 161 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter Data Field Descriptions DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command A3h 05h Field Description Identifier Length Specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier field If the value of the Allocation Length field in the CDB is too small to transfer
15. Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Peripheral Qualifier 0 Peripheral Device Type 01h 1 Page Code 80h 2 Reserved 3 Page Length 10h 4 19 Serial Number Table 20 Unit Serial Number Field Description Serial Number The serial number given is the serial number of the module or the drive typically beginning with MX indicating the site of manufacture If the drive serial number is valid it is reported otherwise the module serial number is reported The serial number appears on the bar code label The drive returns the serial number in ASCII format DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 42 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Device Identification Page 83h Figure 11 shows the format of the Device Identification Page the drive returns Figure 11 Device Identification Page Data Format 0 Peripheral Qualifier 0 Peripheral Device Type 01h 1 Page Code 83h 2 Reserved 3 Page Length 4 n Identification Descriptors SSS SSeS SSS Table 21 Device Identification Page Field Descriptions Field Description Peripheral Qualifier Contains 000b Peripheral Device Type Contains 01h Page Code A value of 83h identifies this as the Device Identification page Page Length Indicates the size of the returned Device Identification page Identification The drive always returns the Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier and the Descriptors Logi
16. SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Field Descriptions Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage format Always set to 1 Indicates that this pages uses the sub_page mode format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the Port Control Page Subpage Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE subpage being transferred A value of 04h identifies this is as the SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header Protocol Identifier A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to an SPI 5 compliant port see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard Minimum Transfer Period Factor Indicates the minimum Transfer Period Factor supported Maximum REQ ACK Offset Indicates the maximum REQ ACK supported Maximum Transfer Width Exponent Indicates the maximum Transfer Width Exponent supported Protocol Options Bits Supported Indicates the Supported Protocol Option Bits DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 195 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah TapeAlert Page 1Ch The TapeAlert configuration settings can be read using the MODE SENSE command s TapeAlert Page Figure 1
17. Service Action Parameter List Data Format Bit MSB 0 7 Reservation Key LSB MSB 8 15 Service Action Reservation Key LSB 16 Reserved 17 Reserved UNREG APTPL MSB 18 19 Relative Target Port Identifier LSB MSB 20 23 TransportID Parameter Data Length n 23 LSB 24 n TransportID DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 230 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Table 127 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command with REGISTER AND MOVE Service Action Parameter List Field Descriptions Field Description Reservation Key The RESERVATION KEY field contains an 8 byte value provided by the application client to the device server to identify the I_T nexus that is the source of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command The device server verifies that the contents of the RESERVATION KEY field in a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command parameter data matches the registered reservation key for the I_T nexus from which the command was received If a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command specifies a RESERVATION KEY field other than the reservation key registered for the I_T nexus the device server returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status Service Action Reservation Key The SERVICE ACTION RESERVATION KEY field contains the reservation key to be registered to the specified I_T nexus APTPL If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the device server is
18. a a Te Figure 117 READ Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 0 Operation Code 08h 1 Reserved SILI Fixed 2 4 Transfer Length LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 233 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ Command 08h Bit Byte 5 Control k e Table 129 READ Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description SILI Suppress Incorrect Length Indicator If the SILI bit is set to 1 and the Fixed bit is set to 1 the drive terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB If the SILI bit is set to 0 and the actual block length is different than the specified transfer length the drive returns CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense Data the Incorrect Length Indicator ILI bit and Valid bit are set to 1 The Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE The information bytes are set to the difference residue between the requested transfer length and the actual block length or in Fixed Block mode the difference residue between the requested number of blocks and the actual number of blocks read No more than Transfer Length blocks are transferred to the initiator and the drive logically positions the tape after the block FOM side If the SILI bit is set to 1 e The drive reports CHECK CONDITION status for an incorrect length condition only if the overlength condition exists and
19. 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description PCP Password Change Pending This read only bit indicates that the desired tape password has been sent to the drive and is stored in drive memory but has not been written to tape This bit is set anytime a tape is intended to be password protected with action codes 02 Set Drive Password and write it to tape 03 Set Drive Password and write it to all blank tapes and 04 Set Drive Password and write it to all unprotected formatted tapes and cleared by successful directory write or next load of the tape e Ifthe currently loaded tape is blank a WRITE WRITE FM or ERASE command is required to write the password to tape e Ifthe currently loaded tape has data written on it a WRITE or WRITE FM command from BOT REWIND or UNLOAD command will cause the password to be written to tape PWF Password Write Failed This read only bit indicates that the password that was pending to be written to tape was not written due to a write error This bit is set from the time of unloading the failing cartridge until the load of the next cartridge If this bit is 0 after unloading a tape then the password was successfully written to tape The PCP bit is cleared when this bit is set CRA Cartridge Read Access This read only bit indicates if the cartridge can be accessed for the following READ type commands READ SPACE VERIFY and LOCATE CWA Cartridge Write Access This
20. Data Format Page Code Reserved MSB Page Length n 3 LSB Log Parameters Log Parameter First Length x Log Parameter Last Length y Table 35 LOG SELECT Log Field Page Header Field Descriptions Page Code Specifies the log page to which this LOG SELECT command is directed Description Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the 4 bytes that make up the header Log Parameters Use one block for each parameter code DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 60 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Figure 24 LOG SELECT Log Page Parameters Format Parameter Code DU DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP Parameter Length n 3 Parameter Value LSB Table 36 LOG SELECT Log Parameters Field Descriptions Field Description Parameter Code Parameter codes supported for the READ WRITE error counter pages Code Description 0000h Errors corrected without substantial delays 0001h Errors corrected with possible delays 0002h Total read write errors 0003h Total read write errors 0004h Total times correction algorithm processed Always 0 for write errors only 0005h Total bytes processed 0006h Total uncorrected errors 8000h WRITE errors since last READ page 02 or READ errors since last WRITE
21. Descriptions Field Description 3rdPty The third party reservation option for RESERVE UNIT allows an initiator to reserve a logical unit for another SCSI device This option is intended for systems that use COPY and is implemented by the drive When set to 1 the drive is reserved for the SCSI device whose ID appears in the Third Party Device ID field The drive ignores any attempt made by any other initiator to release the reservation and returns a GOOD status When set to 0 no third party reservation is requested and the drive is reserved for the initiator that issued the CDB Third Party If 3rdPty is set to 1 indicating that an initiator has reserved the drive for another SCSI device Device ID _ this field contains the ID number of the SCSI device for which the reservation was made A reservation with the RESERVE UNIT command remains in effect until one of the following conditions is met e Another valid RESERVE UNIT command from the initiator holding the reservation supersedes it e A RELEASE UNIT command from the same initiator releases it e A Logical Unit reset request from any initiator releases it e A reset condition releases it The occurrence of the last two conditions is indicated by the drive returning a CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to UNIT ATTENTION on the next command following the condition It is not an error to issue a RESERVE UNIT command to a drive that is currently reserved by the requesting initiat
22. Figure 101 Figure 102 Figure 103 Figure 104 Figure 105 Figure 106 Figure 107 Figure 108 Figure 109 Figure 110 Figure 111 Figure 112 Figure 113 Figure 114 Figure 115 Figure 116 Figure 117 Figure 118 Figure 119 Figure 120 Parallel SCSI SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Data Format 0 0 esseseseeeeeeseeeeseeeteeneseees Parallel SCSI SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Data Format eee eeeesseseeeeeneneeees TapeAlert MODE SENSE Page Data Format TapeAlert MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Medium Configuration Mode Page eee Data Security Mode Page Data Format EEPROM MODE SENSE Page Data Format PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command Descriptor Block Data Format Sisbins stole E E PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read Keys Parameters Data Format AE EE E sueeestaes PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read Reservation Parameters Data Format sseessseeeeeereessseessreeerresseesssres PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read Reservation Descriptor Data Format uo cece ccs cseseeeceteeneeeeeeeens PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Parameter Data for REPORT CAPABILITIES Data Format ccccccececeesscccececeesseeesnees PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Type Mask Data BOLD AE AEA EE EN EEE E OE EEEE EEE ATOE PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Parameter List Data PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command with REGISTER AND MOVE Service Action
23. PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 1 Indicates that this page uses the page_1 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the Port Control Page Subpage Code The SUBPAGE CODE field indicates which mode subpage is being accessed Mode subpage code values are listed in SPI 5 If the parameter data of a MODE SELECT command contains a mode subpage formatted mode page with the SUBPAGE CODE field is set to zero the SCSI target device returns a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key sets to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Protocol A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to a SPI 5 compliant port see the Identifier SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard Transfer Period Factor The TRANSFER PERIOD FACTOR field indicates the negotiated transfer period factor for the current I_T nexus REQ ACK The REQ ACK Offset field indicates the negotiated REQ ACK offset for the current I_T Offset nexus Transfer Width The TRANSFER WIDTH EXPONENT field indicates the negotiated transfer exponent for Exponent the current I_T nex
24. READ BUFFER Header Field Description 0 0 267 XXV DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 150 Table 151 Table 152 Table 153 Table 154 Table 155 Table 156 Table 157 Table 158 Table 159 Table 160 Table 161 Table 162 Table 163 Table 164 Table 165 Table 166 Table 167 Table 168 Table 169 Tables READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions nsciis is osiin 271 READ POSITION Short Form Data Field D SCHIP HONS eih ses kerer n eseas aar aae a i deeds neds i a eee teeth 272 READ POSITION Long Form Data Field Descriptions aore aeea aA Aces tases a eaaa a dues 275 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Data Field Descriptions sssini nennennen ae ain 276 RELEASE 10 Command Field Descriptions 279 RELEASE UNIT Command Field Descriptions 281 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command Field DOSCIIPHONS reai derini tubes dete niii aia a Meee 283 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header Field Pesci PHONE eae ee NEE 284 DENSITY SUPPORT Descriptor Field Descriptions 285 Medium Type Descriptor Field Descriptions 288 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions ceeeeeeeceseeeeeeseseneeetees 290 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter Data Field IDESCTIP HONS fies ed tire BE asi A cee eames 291 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block Field D SCHIPHONS shc ccsscisstessssssdsevs
25. The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported page code or a page field with values not supported or not changeable In such cases the drive does not change any parameters as a result of a command Table 63 MODE SELECT 6 Field 10 Command Descriptor Description Block Field Descriptions PF Page Format Indicates that the data the host sent after the MODE SELECT header and block descriptors complies with the definition of pages in the SCSI 3 specification If the Page Format bit is set to 0 only a Mode Parameter Header and Mode Parameter Block Descriptor may be included in the mode parameter data SP Save Parameters Must be set to 0 Figure 51 shows the format of the Mode Parameter List that the host passes to the drive DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 100 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 51 MODE SELECT 6 Mode Parameter List Data Format Bit Byte Mode Parameter Header 4 11 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Optional 4 n or Page s Optional 12 n Figure 52 MODE SELECT 10 Mode Parameter List Data Format Bit Byte Mode Parameter Header Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Optional 8 n or 16 n Page s Optional Figure 53 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter List Field Descriptions Field Descripti
26. 0000b Logical Blocks 0001b Filemarks 0010b Sequential Filemarks 0011b End of Data Count When spacing over Blocks or Filemarks the Count field is interpreted as follows e A positive value n causes forward motion over n blocks or filemarks The drive logically positions the tape after the nth Block or Filemark on the EOM or EOP side e A value of 0 causes no change in logical position e A negative value n two s complement notation causes reverse movement over n Blocks or Filemarks The drive logically positions the tape on the BOM or BOP side of the nth Block or Filemark e When spacing to End of Data EOD the drive ignores the Count field Forward movement occurs until the drive encounters EOD The position is such that a subsequent WRITE command appends data after the last object that the drive has written to tape before EOD A SPACE command in the form SPACE n blocks halts with GOOD status after the nth block or with CHECK CONDITION status on any occurrence of Filemark EOD or BOP A SPACE command in the form SPACE n Filemarks halts on the nth Filemark with GOOD status or with CHECK CONDITION status on any occurrence of EOD Depending on the size of blocks read ahead data in the buffer allows some spacing requests to be satisfied without actual tape movement DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 332 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands TEST UNIT READY Command 00h TEST UNIT READY Command 00h The TEST UNIT READY c
27. 10 Command 15h 55h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 10 Reserved for Password 2 Status 11 Reserved for Password 3 Status 12 Reserved for Password 4 Status 13 Reserved for Password 5 Status 14 Reserved for Password 6 Status 15 Reserved for Password 7 Status 16 19 Reserved 20 51 Password Value ee ee ee ae Table 86 Data Security Mode Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Must be set to 0 Page Code __ Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 27h identifies this as the Data Security Mode Page Additional Indicates the number bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in Page Length MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT PAX Password Attempts Exceeded This read only bit is set when the allowed number of attempts to unlock the cartridge with the correct password have been exceeded The number of attempts allowed is 32 per cartridge per load This bit is cleared when the cartridge is unloaded When the number of password attempts has been exceeded the sense data reported when a medium access command is rejected will change from Data Protect Access Denied Invalid Management ID Key 07 20 03 to Data Protect Access Denied Password Attempts Exceeded 07 20 80 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 145 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6
28. 2s ssi cishsceseessqeseestesetaspevtantsessyossesssakeveers 350 Understanding the Timeout Value for Creating the DLTSage WORM Carttid 8 csssicsiciuniinenic ie estate ventas 350 Responding to DLTSage WORM Sense Data and DLTSage WORM Tape Alerts suiii t E E EAE E 351 Failure Modes and Recovery ACtionS s ssssssesissisrrsrsesierierrerresrereesee 351 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide viii DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figures Synchronous Data Transfer Request Message Data FOrimatsitscc 2ii cite ads Seieceedliieteestescis TE teeta Gaited 13 Parallel Protocol Request Message Data Format 15 Features of the Parallel Protocol Request Message 16 Wide Data Transfer Request Message Data Format 17 ERASE Command Descriptor Block Data Format 33 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block Data Format 34 Standard Inquiry Data Page Data Format 35 Vendor Specific Inquiry Data Field Data Format 39 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Data Format 41 Unit Serial Number Page Data Format eee 42 Device Identification Page Data Format cece 43 Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier Data Format 44 Logical Unit NAA Identifier Data Format
29. If LongID is set to 1 the parameter list length is 8 bytes and the parameter list has the following format EEE ee ES SS eee Figure 140 RELEASE 10 ID Only Parameter List Data Format Third Party Device ID DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 279 RELEASE UNIT Command 17h Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RELEASE UNIT Command 17h The RELEASE UNIT command releases the tape drive if it is currently reserved by the requesting initiator It is not an error to release the drive if it is not currently reserved by the requesting initiator If the drive is reserved by another initiator however it is not released the drive is only released from the initiator that issued the RELEASE UNIT command Note This command has been made obsolete in the latest version of SCSI 3 and should not be used with any new implementations The tape drive supports this command for legacy applications only Figure 141 RELEASE UNIT Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit Byte 7 6 5 4 2 0 0 Operation Code 17h 1 Logical Unit Number 3rdPty Third Party Device ID Reserved 2 4 Reserved 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 280 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RELEASE UNIT Command 17h Table 155 RELEASE UNIT Command Field Descriptions Field Description 3rdPty The third party release option for RELEASE UNIT allows an initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved using the third party
30. If the tape is password protected the password s on DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 205 Drive Password and Password Protection State Storage DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah the tape will be compared to the password s in the drive If the password s are equal subsequent write and read operations are allowed If the passwords do not match the following operations will be rejected and sense data presented to the host WRITE WRITE FMs READ LOCATE VERIFY ERASE SPACE WRITE ATTRIBUTES SEND DIAG and WRITE BUFFER If the tape is not password protected and the action code is to password protect the tape then the passwords are written to tape at the next possible opportunity when the tape is positioned at BOT In the event of a password mismatch the following commands are rejected WRITE WRITE FMs READ LOCATE VERIFY ERASE SPACE WRITE ATTRIBUTES SEND DIAG and WRITE BUFFER The sense data returned when one of these commands is rejected is e Sense data 0x07 0x20 0x03 Data Protect Access Denied Invalid Management ID Key In the event of an attempt to disable a password protected tape or add a password to a non protected tape when not at BOT the following sense data will be available on the interface e Sense data 0x05 0x82 0x00 Illegal request Action not allowed away from BOT In the event of excessive attempts to select the correct
31. Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 18h identifies this as the Logical Unit Control page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Protocol A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to an SPI 5 compliant port see the Identifier SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 181 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Figure 94 Fibre Channel Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Data Format 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 18h 1 Page Length 06h 2 Reserved Protocol Identifier 0h 3 Reserved EPDC 0 4 7 Reserved Table 102 Fibre Channel Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code A value of 18h identifies this as the Logical Unit Control page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Protocol Identifier A value of 0h indicates that this mode page applies to an FCP 2 port see the Fibre Channel Protocol 2 FCP 2 standard EPDC Enable Precise Delivery Checking Indicates whether the drive uses the precise delivery function defined
32. MSB 12 17 Current Amount of Data Read LSB MSB 18 23 Current Read Retries Count LSB MSB 24 29 Previous Amount of Data Written LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 249 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 30 35 Previous Write Retries Count LSB MSB 36 41 Previous Amount of Data Read LSB MSB 42 47 Previous Read Retries Count LSB MSB 48 53 Total Amount of Data Written LSB MSB 54 59 Total Write Retries Count LSB MSB 60 65 Total Amount of Data Read LSB MSB 66 71 Total Read Retries Count LSB MSB 72 77 Load Count LSB MSB 78 83 Total Change Partition Count LSB MSB 84 89 Total Partition Initialize Count LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 250 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Table 142 MEDIUM USAGE HISTORY Attribute Parameter Data Field Descriptions Field Description Current Indicates the amount of data physically written to the medium during this load of the Amount of medium This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 Data Written means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Current Write Retries Count Indicates the total number of times the drive performed a Write retry during this load of the medium Current Amount of Data Read Ind
33. Non Volatile LOG SENSE Field Description Header Field Descriptions Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the 4 bytes that make up the header Figure 45 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SENSE Page Parameter Format 0 1 Parameter Code LSB 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP 3 Parameter Length 40h MSB 4 67 Parameter Value LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 92 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Table 58 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description Parameter Code Parameter code supported for this page Always 0 Parameter Bit Value Description Control Byte DU 1 Disable Update DS 0 Disable Save TSD 0 Target Save Disable ETC 0 Enable Threshold Comparison TMC 0 Threshold Met Criteria LBIN 0 List Binary LP 1 List Parameter Parameter Length Specifies the number of bytes in the parameter value Always set to 40h Parameter Value Indicates the actual value of this log parameter Device Status Log Page This page describes the current status of the drive 3Eh E _ xx _x_ Figure 46 Device Status LOG SENSE Page Header Format Bit Byte Page Code 3Eh Reserved Page L
34. Parameters Field Descriptions Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh Field Description PRGeneration Persistent Reservations Generation The value in this field is a 32 bit counter in the drive that is incremented each time a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command requests a Register Clear Preempt Preempt amp Abort or Register amp Move operation Note that PERSISTENT RESERVE IN commands do not increment the counter nor do PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT commands that perform a Reserve or Release service action or that are not performed due to an error or a reservation conflict The value in the Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power on self test process The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines the value to verify that another application client has not modified the configuration of the initiators attached to a logical unit without notifying the application client doing the examination Additional Length Contains the count of the number of bytes that are in the Reservation Key list bytes 8 n Note that this field contains the number of bytes in the reservation key list regardless of the value prescribed by the Allocation Length field in the command s CDB Reservation Keys All of the Reservation Keys appear as items in a list as bytes 8 through n Each entry reflects an 8 byte reservation key registered with the drive using the PERSISTENT RESER
35. Table 89 MODE SENSE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description LLBAA Long LBA Accepted Must be set to 0 DBD Disable Block Descriptors When set to 0 the drive returns the block descriptor data When set to 1 the drive does not return block descriptor information PC Page Control Indicates the type of page parameter values the drive returns to the host PC Type of Parameter Values 00b Report Current Values 01b Report Changeable Values 10b Report Default Values 11b Report Saved Values Page Code Allows the host to select a specific page or all of the pages the drive supports SubPage Code Specifies the subpage to return Set to FFh to return all subpages Allocation Length Specifies the number of bytes that the host has allocated for returned MODE SENSE data An Allocation Length of 0 indicates that the drive returns no MODE SENSE data This is not considered an error and the drive returns GOOD status DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 159 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah MODE SENSE Data The MODE SENSE 6 and MODE SENSE 10 headers are depicted in Headers figure 82 and figure 83 Figure 82 MODE SENSE 6 Data Header Data Format Mode Data Length Medium Type WP Buffered Mode Speed 0 Block Descriptor Length Figure 83 MODE SENSE 10 Data Header Data Format Bit
36. When the PC field is set to 10b and the Parameter List Length field is set to 0 all Current Threshold Values are reset to the Default Threshold Values When the PC field is set to 11b and the Parameter List Length field is set to 0 all Current Cumulative Values are reset to the Default Cumulative Values This is equivalent to clearing all log pages that can be cleared Note The drive ignores the PC field value if the PCR bit is set to 1 Parameter List Specifies the length in bytes of the LOG SELECT parameter list to be transferred Length from the initiator to the drive during DATA OUT A Parameter List Length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred This condition is not considered an error DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 58 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Overview LOG SELECT The following conditions constitute errors that the drive detects in Command Descriptor relation to the CDB If the drive detects one of the conditions listed it will Block Errors return CHECK CONDITION with the Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB The conditions that constitute errors are e PCR bit is set to 1 Parameter List Length field is not set to 0 e Both the PCR and SP bits are set to 1 e A Parameter List Length that would cause a parameter within a valid page to be truncated or otherwise incompletely initialized Operation of LOG The LOG SELECT com
37. blocks within the extent or within the logical unit see table 124 for the applicable Type codes and their meanings Parameter Fields contained in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list specify the List Length Reservation Keys and extent information required to perform a persistent reservation See table 123 for detailed descriptions of each of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command s seven possible service actions Service Action codes appear in bits 0 to 4 of Byte 1 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 221 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Table 123 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command s Service Action Descriptions Code Name Description 00h Register When the command executes a Register service action it registers a Reservation Key with the drive without generating a reservation The drive holds these Reservation Keys from each initiator that performs a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with a Register service action until a new PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with Register service action from the same initiator changes the key or until the initiator registration is removed by any of the following e Powering down the drive if the last Activate Persist Through Power Loss APTPL see figure 114 on page 227 and table 125 on page 228 the drive received was 0 e Performing a Clear service action Performing a Preempt service action e Performing a Preempt amp Abort service action
38. ccscccssssssecocscsssesnesocnesesterscvevesnssoevtvasnesees 35 Vendor Specific Inquiry Data Field eee 39 Vital Product Data Pages icssiscctisssanssctsrscsesesaeecoasesnets cvasesaosvevasesanrves 41 Supported Vital Product Data Page 00h eee 41 Unit Serial Number Page 80h 0 eee eeeeeeeeceneneeeeeneneeees 42 Device Identification Page 83h cece eeseseeee ee reneeeeene tetany 43 Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier 0 0 0 eee eens 44 Sequential Access Device Capabilities VPD Page BOh 49 Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number Page B1h 0 0 0 0 50 Firmware Build Information Page CON cesses eee eee 51 Subsystem Components Revision Page Ch eee 52 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide iv Contents LOAD UNLOAD Command 1Bh oo eeseseeseseseeseeeeeeseestanensneseaeeteees 54 LOCATE Command 2Bh v cssssesssebsiisssdesassesetssseucenebssdepbegetsstonoenesstentiuasboay 56 LOG SELECT Command 4Ch oo eeeceseseseeeseeeesesescsesnsnseeasaneeseeseeesene 57 Overview LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block Errors 59 Operation of LOG SELECT oo eeesesseseeceeeececneseeesessescseeanecneseeeees 59 LOG SELECT Log Page Format cccccecceesescsssseecsssesecessseessseseseesees 60 General Purpose Non Volatile Log Page 38h eee 63 Error Detection Summary in LOG SELECT Pages 0 cccceseseeeeesees 65 LOG SENSE Command 4Dh 0 eeseeseeseeeeseeeecesescseseseseeaeaneseseses
39. drive releases the specified logical unit but only if the initiator ID 3rdPty bit and Third Party Device ID are identical to those of the RESERVE command that established the reservation LongID When set to 1 the Parameter List Length is 8 and the 8 bytes of the parameter list carry the device ID of the third party device The drive ignores the contents of the Third Party Device ID in the CDB byte 3 This bit is ignored if the 3rdPty bit is not set Extent The drive supports reservations only on entire logical units Must be set to 0 Reservation The drive ignores the value in this field Identification Third Party If the Third Party Device ID value that is connected with the reservation release is Device ID less than 255 the LongID bit may be set to 0 and the ID value can be sent in the CDB If the LongID bit is set to 0 the Parameter List Length field must also be set to 0 If the Third Party Device ID value is greater than 255 the LongID bit must be set to 1 Parameter List The contents of this field specify the length in bytes of the parameter list transferred Length from the initiator to the drive This field is ignored and no parameter data is transferred unless the 3rdPty bit and LongID bits are both set Note Assuming that the RELEASE CDB is valid the drive always returns GOOD status for this command An actual release only happens if the initiator has the drive reserved for itself or a third party initiator
40. e Additional Sense Code Qualifier DLTWorm Write Append Error 0x95 Recovery 1 Ifthe WORM medium was used inadvertently replace it with a normal data medium 2 Ifthe WORM medium was used intentionally check that the software application is compatible with the WORM medium format that you are using 3 Ifyou consistently get this error and the cause is not 1 or 2 then the recovery action is to copy all the data from the problem DLTSage WORM cartridge to a newDLTSage WORM cartridge Loss of Directory or MAM due to Read Failures In the event the standard directory or MAM data is not readable the drive may still be able to recover the user data and thereby reconstruct these directories from a user data point of view The drive firmware will be able to detect all cases of this failure mode write protect the medium and allow full recovery of the user data from the tape 350 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Use of DLTSage WORM Tapes Recovery The recommended recovery action is to copy all the data from the problem DLTSage WORM cartridge to a new DLTSage WORM cartridge User Data Write Failures on an DLTSage WORM cartridge In the event of a write failure in the data area of a DLTSage WORM cartridge that cartridge will become unusable for future data append operations The tape can no longer be written Recovery The recommended recovery action is to copy all the data from the problem
41. page READ 08h page 232 READ ATTRIBUTE 8Ch page 235 READ BLOCK LIMITS 05h page 261 READ BUFFER 3Ch page 263 READ POSITION 34h page 269 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Ich page25 RELEASE 10 57h page 277 RELEASE UNIT 17h page 279 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT 44h page 281 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER A3h SA 05h page 288 REPORT LUNS AOh page 291 REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION A3h SA 0Ch page 294 CODES DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 23 Status and Error Reporting DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing Operation Command Code See REPORT SUPPORTED TASK A3h SA 0Dh page 300 MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS REPORT TIMESTAMP A3h SA 0Fh page 302 REQUEST SENSE 03h page 304 RESERVE 10 56h page 317 RESERVE UNIT 16h page 319 REWIND 01h page 321 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh page 322 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4h SA 06h page 326 SET TIMESTAMP A4h SA 0Fh page 328 SPACE 11h page 330 TEST UNIT READY 00h page 332 VERIFY 13h page 333 WRITE OAh page 334 WRITE ATTRIBUTE 8Dh page 336 WRITE BUFFER 3Bh page 340 WRITE FILEMARKS 10h page 343 1 SA Service Action SCSI command level errors are communicated by a status code that the drive returns during STATUS This occurs at the end of each command unless one of the following events terminates the command e ABORT TASK ABORT TASK SET or CLEAR TASK SET task managem
42. 104 Read Write Error Recovery MODE SELECT Page Datta F rmatea me asn i a a EA BEERE Can ecb dts 105 Parallel SCSI Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Data Format s ssssssssessersrerterensersrerterteesese 107 xi DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Fibre Channel Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Data Format cesses eeneeeneeeeees SAS Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Data Fofmat eiiie riarann eesriie iias iair Control Mode MODE SELECT Page Data Format Data Compression MODE SELECT Page Data Format Device Configuration MODE SELECT Page Data Ikona a A is Fiche E R E T TE Medium Partition MODE SELECT Page Data Format Parallel SCSI Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Rage Data Format sssini ieiti iii adiactssclicesetieiestestdesates Fibre Channel Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Data Format n inemes iar an a s SAS Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Data Formatai e re a EEE s Parallel SCSI Port Control MODE SELECT Page Data Formatie ii nui tosenn eii A E E KEE a E e sys Fibre Channel Port Control MODE SELECT Page Data e a D h V Y AAE EEE E E EA EEEE a
43. 11b Default Cumulative Values e The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that each parameter can attain e The Current Cumulative values are the values computed since the last reset of the drive by power cycle TARGET RESET SCSI RESET or FCP TARGET RESET e Some parameters reset to their default value due to other events such as loading a new medium e The Default Cumulative values are the values to which each parameter is initialized at a reset condition Default values are 0 By default Current Threshold Values are set to Default Threshold Values Page Code The Page Code field identifies the log page the initiator requested The drive supports the following pages Page Page Definition Refer to Code 00h Supported Pages Log Page Page 00h page 69 03h 02h Read Page 03h Write Page 02h Error Log Pages page 69 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 67 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description 07h LAST n ERROR EVENTS Log Page 07h page 73 OCh Sequential Access Device Log Page 0Ch page 75 0Dh Temperature Log Page ODh page 77 18h SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page 18h page 79 2Eh TapeAlert Log Page 2Eh page 83 33h Device Wellness Log Page 33h page 88 38h General Purpose Non Volatile Log Page 38h page 91 3Eh Device Status Log Page 3Eh page 93 Parameter Pointer The Parameter Pointer field al
44. 4 3 2 1 0 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 Page Code COh 2 Reserved WORM 3 Page Length 28h 4 7 Servo Firmware Revision 8 11 Servo Firmware Checksum 12 15 Servo EEPROM Checksum 16 19 Controller Firmware Checksum 20 43 Controller Firmware Build Date Table 28 Firmware Build Information Page Field Descriptions Field Description WORM The Write Once Read Many WORM bit indicates if the device is capable of supporting this mode This bit is always set to 1 Servo Firmware Revision Contains the revision number of the servo firmware Checksum The Servo Firmware Servo EEPROM and READ WRITE Firmware checksums are binary numbers used for positive firmware and EEPROM identification Controller Firmware Build Firmware Build Date An ASCII string in DD MM YYYY HH MM SS Date format DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 51 Figure 19 Subsystem Components Revision Page Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Subsystem Components Revision Page C1h Figure 19 identifies the revision of tape drive subsystem components Byte al 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 Page Code C1h 2 Reserved 3 Page Length 39h 4 Product Family Released Firmware 5 Firmware Major Version Number 6 Firmware Minor Version Number 7 EEPROM Format Major Version Number 8 EEPROM
45. 75 Fibre Channel Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 18h identifies this as the Logical Unit Control Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Protocol A value of 0h indicates that this mode page applies to an FCP 2 port see the Fibre Identifier Channel Protocol 2 FCP 2 standard EPDC Enable Precise Delivery Checking Indicates whether the drive uses the precise delivery function defined by the Fibre Channel standard Must be set to 0 The drive ignores the contents of the Command Reference Number CRN in the FCP command IU This value is not changeable using the MODE SELECT command DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 125 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 67 SAS Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Data Format Bit 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 18h 1 Page Length 06h Transport 2 Reserved Layer Protocol Identifier 6h Retries 3 7 Reserved Eee a ee ee Table 76 SAS Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Pag
46. ALWLI 0 DTIPE 0 DTOLI 0 4 5 Reserved 6 Reserved RR_TOV Units 5h 7 Resource Recovery Time out RR_TOV 1Eh Table 78 Fibre Channel Port Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the Port Control Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Protocol A value of 0h indicates that this mode page applies to an FCP 2 port see the Fibre Identifier Channel Protocol 2 FCP 2 standard DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 128 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description DTFD Disable Tape Drive Fabric Discovery Must be set to 0 The drive always recognizes a fabric loop port if it is present PLPB Prevent Loop Port Bypass Must be set to 1 The loop port is always participating and ignores all LPE and LPB primitives DDIS Disable Discovery Applies only if the drive is attached to an arbitrated loop Must be set to 1 The drive does not require receipt of an Address or Port Discovery following loop initializa
47. Attribute Identifier x Table 133 READ ATTRIBUTE Field Description with ATTRIBUTE LIST Service Action Parameter Data Field Descriptions DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Availabl Contains the number of bytes of attribute information in e Data the parameter list If the parameter list is truncated as a result of insufficient allocation length the contents of the Available Data field are not altered Attribute Contains a 2 byte attribute ID The attribute IDs are listed Identifier in table 139 on page 245 table 144 on page 255 and table 146 on page 257 240 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch VOLUME LIST Service Action The READ ATTRIBUTE command with the VOLUME LIST service action returns parameter data see figure 121 identifying the supported number of volumes The contents of the Volume Number Partition Number and First Attribute Identifier fields in the CDB are ignored Figure 121 READ ATTRIBUTE with VOLUME LIST Service Action Parameter List Format Bit 7 6 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 1 Available Data 02h LSB 2 First Volume Number 3 Number of Volumes Available Table 134 READ ATTRIBUTE Field Description with VOLUME LIST Service Action Parameter Data Field First Volume Indicates the first volume available Volume Descriptions Number numbering starts at 0 Available Data Preset to 02h First Volume Indicates the first volume available Volu
48. Bit Byte Available Data n 3 LSB Attributes Attribute first attribute 4 x 3 Length x n y 1 Attribute last attribute n Length y EE SS i Table 132 READ ATTRIBUTE gouge ription with ATTRIBUTE VALUES Perg Descriptio Service Action Parameter Available Contains the number of bytes of attribute Field Descriptions Data information in the parameter list If the parameter list is truncated as a result of insufficient allocation length the contents of the Available Data field are not altered Attribute The drive returns each Attribute formatted as described in Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM Attributes ATTRIBUTE LIST Service Action The READ ATTRIBUTE command with the ATTRIBUTE LIST service action returns parameter data containing the attribute identifiers for the DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 239 Figure 120 READ ATTRIBUTE with ATTRIBUTE LIST Service Action Parameter List Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch specified partition and volume number The contents of the First Attribute Identifier field in the CDB are ignored The returned parameter data contains the requested attribute identifiers in ascending numerical order by attribute identifier value and using the format shown in figure 120 Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 3 Available Data n 3 LSB 4 5 Attribute Identifier 0 n 1 n
49. Busy Timeout Period Specifies the maximum time in 100 ms increments that the initiator allows the drive to remain busy for unanticipated conditions that are not a routine part of commands from the initiator A value of 0000h is undefined A value of FFFFh specifies an unlimited busy timeout period Extended Self test Completion Time Contains advisory data that an application client uses to determine the time in seconds that the drive requires to complete an extended self test when the drive is not interrupted by additional commands and no errors occur during execution of the self test The application client should expect this time to increase significantly if it sends other commands to the drive while a self test is in progress or if errors occur during execution of the self test DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 115 Data Compression Page OFh Figure 62 Data Compression MODE SELECT Page Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h The Data Compression Page specifies parameters for the control of data compression This page allows an initiator to turn the DLT S4 tape drive s compressed format on and off independently of the position of the tape medium Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 0Fh 1 Page Length OEh 2 DCE DCC 1 Reserved 3 DDE 1 RED 0 Reserved MSB I Compression Algorithm 10h LSB MSB 8 11 Decompress
50. DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 32 ERASE Command 19h Chapter 4 SCSI Commands ERASE Command 19h The ERASE command erases the data on the tape medium The tape drive erases the data only if the Long bit is set to 1 and the drive receives the ERASE command while it is at Beginning of Tape BOT If the Long bit is set to 0 this command has no effect on the tape medium than 3 hours Note The time required to completely erase a tape cartridge is more Figure 5 ERASE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 4 1 0 Byte 6 5 3 0 Operation Code 19h 1 Reserved Immed Long A fl Reserved 5 Control Ce M Table 15 ERASE Command Par D ription Descriptor Block Field Piela escriptlo Descriptions Immed Immediate If set to 0 the drive does not return status until the selected operation has completed If set to 1 the drive returns status as soon as it initiates the operation Long Must be set to 1 to perform an erase operation Issuing an ERASE command when the tape is not at BOT is an ILLEGAL REQUEST If set to 0 the drive performs no operation the ERASE command does not affect the tape DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 33 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h INQUIRY Command 12h Figure 6 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block Data Format The INQUIRY command allows the initiator to direct all attached devices to return information a
51. DLTSage WORM cartridge to a newDLTSage WORM cartridge Loss of Directory or MAM due to Write Failures In the event that a write failure occurs while updating the Directory and or MAM data of a DLTSage WORM cartridge partial knowledge that the cartridge is a DLTSage WORM cartridge may be lost The drive firmware will be able to detect all cases of this failure mode write protect the medium and allow full recovery of the user data from the tape Recovery The recommended recovery action is to copy all the data from the problem DLTSage WORM cartridge to a new DLTSage WORM cartridge 351
52. DLTSage WORM signature is read using the READ ATTRIBUTE command to read the Medium Serial Number Attribute 0x0401 The DLTSage WORM signature consists of the drive power on hours drive serial number and unique media ID Error Trying to Convert a Write Protected DLTTapeS4 to WORM If you try to convert a Write Protected DLTTapeS4 cartridge the following sense data is reported e Sense Key Data Protect 07 e Additional Sense Code Write Protected 0x27 e Additional Sense Code Qualifiers Hardware Write Protect 0x01 Error Trying to Convert SDLT II and SDLT I Cartridge to WORM If you try to convert an SDLT II or SDLT I cartridge to WORM the following sense data is reported e Sense Key Data Protect 07 e Additional Sense Code Incompatible 0x30 e Additional Sense Code Qualifiers Hardware Write Protect 0x01 Append Write Errors While Using a DLTSage WORM Tape The DLTSage WORM firmware only allows appends at EOD Any WRITE type operation not at EOD is rejected If a WRITE or WRITE FILEMARK command is attempted at a location that is not EOD or if an ERASE or DIAG WRITE command is received the following sense is reported e Sense Key Data Protect 07 e Additional Sense Code Write Append Error 0x50 e Additional Sense Code Qualifier DLTWorm Write Append Error 0x95 Errors While Creating a DLTSage WORM Tape If you already have a DLTSage WORM tape and you try to convert it to a DLTSage WORM
53. Data Pointers Must be set to 0 The drive does not support reordering FCP_Data IU frames for a single SCS command FAA Fair Arbitration Fair Access Read Must be set to 0 The drive always uses the access fairness algorithm when it sends FCP_Data IU frames to the host FAB Fair Arbitration Fair Access Write Must be set to 0 The drive always uses the access fairness algorithm when it sends FCP_Xfer_Rdy frames to the host FAC Fair Arbitration Fair Access Status Must be set to 0 The drive always uses the access fairness algorithm when it sends FCP_Rsp frames to the host First Burst Size Must be set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 110 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 60 SAS Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 02h 1 Page Length OEh 2 Reserved 3 Reserved MSB 4 5 Bus Inactivity Time Limit LSB MSB 6 7 Reserved LSB MSB 8 9 Maximum Connect Time Limit LSB MSB 10 11 Maximum Burst Size LSB 12 Reserved 13 Reserved MSB 14 15 First Burst Size 0 LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 111 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 69 SAS Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT m
54. EMAM attributes Each EMAM attribute is identified Attributes by a 2 byte attribute ID Attribute Format Each EMAM attribute is communicated between the application client and the drive in the format shown in figure 123 and described in table 136 This format is used in the parameter data for the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command see WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command 8Dh on page 336 and the READ ATTRIBUTE command see READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch on page 235 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 243 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch The attribute ID format and length are also sometimes referred to as the attribute header The value of the EMAM attribute header implies nothing about the physical representation of an attribute in the medium auxiliary DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide memory Figure 123 EMAM Attribute Data Format Bit Byte 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 Attribute Identifier LSB 2 Reserved Format 3 4 Attribute Length n 4 LSB 5 n Attribute Value LSB aaa Table 136 EMAM Attribute snti Parameter Data Field Field pescnption Descriptions Attribute Contains a code value identifying the attribute see Identifier Attribute Identifier Values on page 244 Read Only Indicates whether the attribute is read only When set to 1 the attribute is read only When set to 0 the attribute is read write Format Specifies the format of the data in the Attribute V
55. Format 320 REWIND Command Descriptor Block Field DIOSCLIP THON sess csssecsseccsssasvessevesevesibensdasebdbesebascesespebesebsvaveseed genus 322 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Data Field DeshiPro esos crt eo E aves eee eeeesee eas 324 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Fields Selftst DevOfl and UnitOfl eonia oenina thas Roach iin iani eaa an tis 325 Sense Keys for SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 05 326 ASC ASCQ for SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 326 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block Field DeSCriptiOns a sesion srr ireo Sra AES 328 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List Field D SCIHIPHON eccriene ie aier Teens a niae a A N ai 328 SET TIMESTAMP Command Field Descriptions 329 SET TIMESTAMP Command Parameter List Field Descriptions aarne Nessiccesdccusdes des tucss Teese iA EENAA EAA duces 330 SPACE Command Descriptor Block Data Format 331 SPACE Command Data Field Descriptions 332 VERIFY Command Data Field Descriptions 0 334 WRITE Command Data Field Descriptions 0 00000 336 WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command Descriptor Block Data Formats cect tentathecie tt Gab elie i on ttien dies 337 xxvii DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 192 Table 193 Table 194 Table 195 Tables WRITE ATTRIBUTE Parameter Command Data Field Descriptions sessseessecssessesensnssncecnesssecesseseneeeeeenes 338 WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command
56. IN Command 5Eh Code Name Description 3h Exclusive Access READS Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the drive results in a reservation conflict WRITES Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the drive results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Restricted any PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict The initiator that holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the drive 4h Obsolete 5h WRITE Exclusive Registrants Only READS Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the drive to the host WRITES Exclusive any command from an initiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the drive that attempts a transfer to the drive results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any reservations already known to the d
57. Logical Unit Control Page 18h BOTH page 181 19h Port Control Page 19h BOTH page 184 19h 01h SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage 19h 01h BOTH page 188 19h 03h SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage 19h 03h BOTH page 192 19h 04h SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage 19h 04h BOTH page 194 1Ch TapeAlert Page 1Ch BOTH page 196 27h Data Security Mode Page 27h BOTH page 201 3Eh EEPROM Mode Page 3Eh BOTH page 207 3Fh All Pages except EEPROM SENSE DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 163 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Read Write Error The drive supports the Error Recovery Page for READ and WRITE Recovery Page 01h operations The format of the Error Recovery Page is shown in figure 85 Figure 85 Read Write Error Recovery MODE SENSE Page Data Format Bit Page Code 01h Page Length 0Ah Reserved Reserved READ Retry Count 4 7 Reserved 8 WRITE Retry Count 9 11 Reserved Table 93 Read Write Error Recovery MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 01h identifies this as the Read Write Error Recovery Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the pa
58. MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Table 106 SAS Port Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the protocol specific Port Control page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Ready LED Always set to 0 Meaning Protocol A value of 6h indicates that this mode page applies to an SAS 1 1 port see the Serial Identifier Attached SCSI 1 1 SAS 1 1 standard for specific SAS information I_T Nexus Contains the time that the SSP target retries connection requests to an SSP initiator that Loss Time are reject with responses indicating the SSP initiator port may no longer be present before recognizing an I_T Nexus Loss at 2000 ms Initiator Contains the time in milliseconds that the SSP target port waits for the receipt of a frame Response e g a write DATA frame before aborting the command associated with that frame Timeout DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 187 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah SAS Phy Control and The SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode subpage contains phy specific Discover Mode Subpage parameters 19h 01h Figure 99 SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Su
59. Medium Type Information 00h Data medium Reserved O1h 7Fh Reserved Reserved 80h Write once medium Reserved 81h FFh Reserved Reserved Standard Host Type Attributes Application clients use the WRITE ATTRIBUTE and READ ATTRIBUTE commands to maintain the attributes listed in table 146 All host type attributes have a status of read write _ ___ _ _ S Table 146 Host Type Attributes for MAM Supported by the DLT S4 Tape Drive Firmware Attribute Attribute Identifier Name Length Format Refer to 0800h APPLICATION VENDOR 8 ASCII page 258 0801h APPLICATION NAME 32 ASCII page 258 0802h APPLICATION VERSION 8 ASCII page 258 0803h USER MEDIUM TEXT LABEL 160 TEXT page 258 0804h DATE amp TIME LAST WRITTEN 12 ASCII page 258 0805h TEXT LOCALIZATION IDENTIFIER 1 BINARY page 258 0806h BARCODE 32 ASCII page 258 0807h OWNING HOST TEXTUAL NAME 80 TEXT page 258 0808h MEDIA POOL 160 TEXT page 258 0809h PARTITION USER TEXT LABEL 16 ASCII page 259 080Ah LOAD UNLOAD AT PARTITION 1 BINARY page 259 080Bh Reserved OBFFh DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 258 Table 147 TEXT LOCALIZATION IDENTIFIER Attribute Values DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch APPLICATION VENDOR Contains 8 bytes of ASCII data see Attribute Format on page 242 identifying the manufacturer of the application client for exam
60. PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT is a 10 byte command used to reserve a logical unit for exclusive or shared use of an initiator The command is used with the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command Initiators that perform PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT actions are identified by a Reservation Key the application client assigns The application client uses the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command to identify which other initiators within a system hold conflicting or invalid persistent reservations and uses the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command to preempt those reservations if necessary Since the bus reset of TARGET RESET or other global action does not reset persistent reservations they can be used to enact device sharing among multiple initiators The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT and PERSISTENT RESERVE IN commands provide the means for resolving contentions in multiple initiator systems with multiple port targets By using the Reservation Key to identify persistent reservations it is possible to determine which ports hold conflicting persistent reservations and to reclaim these reservations from failing or greedy initiators DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 219 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Table 121 illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command Table 121 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 By
61. PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command matches the Reservation Key that is registered for the initiator from which the command is received If there is no match the drive returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status The Reservation Key of the initiator is valid for all service action and scope values Service Action Reservation Key Contains information needed for three different service actions Register Preempt and Preempt amp Abort The Service Action Reservation Key is ignored for all other service actions For the Register service action the Service Action Reservation Key field contains the new Reservation Key to be registered For the Preempt and the Preempt amp Abort service actions the Service Action Reservation Key contains the reservation key of the preempted persistent reservations For the Preempt and the Preempt amp Abort service actions any failure of the Service Action Reservation Key to match any registered keys results in the drive returning a RESERVATION CONFLICT status Scope Specific Ignored Address Spec_I_PT Specify Initiator Ports Must be set to 0 All_TG_PT All Target Ports Must be set to 0 APTPL Activate Persist Through Power Loss Valid only for Register and Register and Ignore Existing Key service actions It is ignored for all other types of service actions If the last valid APTPL bit value the drive received is 0 loss of power in the drive releases any persistent reservations and remov
62. Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the protocol specific Port Control page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Ready LED Always set to 0 Meaning Protocol A value of 6h indicates that this mode page applies to an SAS 1 1 port see the Serial Identifier Attached SCSI 1 1 SAS 1 1 standard for specific SAS information I_T Nexus Contains the time that the SSP target retries connection requests to an SSP initiator that Loss Time are reject with responses indicating the SSP initiator port may no longer be present before recognizing an I_T Nexus Loss at 2000 ms Initiator Contains the time in milliseconds that the SSP target port waits for the receipt of a frame Response e g a write DATA frame before aborting the command associated with that frame Timeout SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage 19h 01h DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide The SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode subpage contains phy specific parameters 130 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 5
63. Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log Length page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header Figure 43 Log Parameters Format for Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page Parameter Codes 0000h 000Fh 0 1 Parameter Code 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP 3 Parameter Length 0Ch MSB 4 Time Stamp LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 89 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh 8 11 Media ID LSB 12 Sense Key 13 Additional Sense Code 14 Additional Sense Code Qualifier 15 Additional Error Information Table 56 Log Parameters for Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description Parameter Code Parameter codes 0000h through 000Fh are supported providing 16 log entries for error information capture Parameter Control Byte Bit Value Description DU 0 Disable Update DS 1 Disable Save TSD 0 Target Save Disable ETC 0 Enable Threshold Comparison TMC 0 Threshold Met Criteria LBIN 0 List Binary LP 1 List Parameter DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 90 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description Time Stamp Power on hours when CHECK CONDITION status occurred This is the number of power on hours since the last time the drive was powered on no
64. Parameter List Data Formaten aee ae eaa Aiso etian PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command Descriptor Block Data Format sseeseeeeeeereerereererrerrersess READ Command Descriptor Block Data Format READ ATTRIBUTE Command Descriptor Block Datta Formate n r E eE A E A EEA E Ei READ ATTRIBUTE with ATTRIBUTE VALUES Service Action Parameter List Format 0 ccccceesscccesseceesseeeenees READ ATTRIBUTE with ATTRIBUTE LIST Service Action Parameter List Format 0 ccccecsscccsseceenseeeeens xiv DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Figure 121 Figure 122 Figure 123 Figure 124 Figure 125 Figure 126 Figure 127 Figure 128 Figure 129 Figure 130 Figure 131 Figure 132 Figure 133 Figure 134 Figure 135 Figure 136 Figure 137 Figure 138 Figure 139 Figure 140 Figure 141 READ ATTRIBUTE with VOLUME LIST Service Action Parameter List Format eee csee esses csseecseeeceseeceseesaseesaeeas 241 READ ATTRIBUTE with PARTITION LIST Service Action Parameter List Format uu cece eeeeeeneeee 243 EMAM Attribute Data Format ce ceeeeneeeeeeeees 244 DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER Attribute Datta Formati essensie a EKEN EE E 248 PARTITION USAGE HISTORY Attribute Data Format er ie a a EEE EEE EEEa EES 252 READ BLOCK LIMITS Command Descriptor Block Data POTTA E a E E OAE 262 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data Data Format n se 262 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data Fi
65. S4 Interface Reference Guide 140 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description MRIE Method for Reporting Informational Exceptions The drive uses the contents of this field to report information about exception conditions The available methods are Value Method 00h No reporting of Informational Exception Conditions The drive does not report information exception conditions 03h Conditionally Generate Recovered Error The drive reports informational exception conditions if such reports of recovered errors are allowed by returning CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands following detection of the condition The drive sets the Sense Key to RECOVERED ERROR with an Additional Sense Code of 5Dh 00h TapeAlert Event The SCSI command with the CHECK CONDITION status completes without error before the report of any exception condition and does not need to be repeated 04h Unconditionally Generate Recovered Error The drive reports informational exception conditions by returning CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands following detection of the condition The drive sets the Sense Key to RECOVERED ERROR with an Additional Sense Code of 5Dh 00h TapeAlert Event The SCSI command with the CHECK CONDITION status completes without error before the report of any exception
66. SENSE Page Header Format 89 Log Parameters Format for Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page Parameter Codes 0000h OOOFN 0 00 89 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SENSE Page Header Fomati scs cc cesestses ficcarss cone sdestecdaasestecsencssvattoaet i 92 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SENSE Page Parameter Format csscccvccscesescestsesiiesesscossheseseevsiscessecvsisysedssssve 92 Device Status LOG SENSE Page Header Format 93 Log Parameters Format for Device Status LOG SENSE PAGO ERRE AEE EEE EE EEEE 94 Cleaning Related Log Parameters Format for Device Status LOG SENSE Page ou cece cesses ceeseseseseeeceeneeseseeeees 96 MODE SELECT 6 Command Descriptor Block Data Formatuen testi nci itn cade dn EER ines 99 MODE SELECT 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Formats lists Gt hss 2h iiss Aai ESE aa Rta iat A 100 MODE SELECT 6 Mode Parameter List Data BOPIMAL 5 s cco csu EEEE EEE seeds cscss sca tees rassaseedenastdenes cvesatasecss ose 101 MODE SELECT 10 Mode Parameter List Data Format sestese tec ec aae ena E Ei EREE EA E bias 101 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter List Field DESCrPUONS en A OE 101 MODE SELECT 6 Mode Parameter Header Data Formats enenge sea aE E R E ES 102 MODE SELECT 10 Mode Parameter Header Pata Format nin erae nA AA R E ERES 102 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Data FOrmat cssccsssseiesscs eiorinn isinisisi
67. Save Mode WRITE BUFFER command must be issued for the image to become active 342 Download Microcode and Save Mode 05h Write Data to Echo Buffer Mode 0Ah DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE BUFFER Command 3Bh The drive must not contain any tape medium before starting an image download This is to safeguard against accidentally starting a firmware update If a tape cartridge is loaded when all or part of a firmware image has been downloaded the drive rejects another WRITE BUFFER command with Download Microcode mode An error on a WRITE BUFFER command causes the drive to discard any downloaded image data The download must be restarted from the beginning This mode downloads and saves the entire image at once or downloads the image and saves it or starts a save operation after the image data has been downloaded using the Download Microcode mode 04h described above This mode of the WRITE BUFFER command causes the drive to verify the image data and update the Flash EEPROM firmware area During the reprogramming of the Flash EEPROM the Write Protect and Drive Status LEDs on the drive s front panel blink Also while it is updating the EEPROM the drive disconnects from the network and does not respond until the update is complete When the Save operation completes successfully the firmware restarts itself causing the power on self test POST to run At that point the drive generates two U
68. Set 06h V see ABORT TASK SET on page 8 Clear Task Set 0Eh V see CLEAR TASK SET on page 8 Logical Unit Reset 17h V see LOGICAL UNIT RESET on page 7 Target Reset 0Ch V V see TARGET RESET on page 7 Identify 80h V Initiator Detected Error 05h vV v Message Parity Error 09h vV vV Message Reject 07h V V No Operation 08h V V Parallel Protocol Request 1 6 4 V V Synchronous Transfer Req 1 3 1 V V Simple Queue 20h Tag vV Wide Transfer Request 1 2 3 vV V 12 Supported Task Management for Information Units Synchronous Data Transfer Request Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Parallel SCSI For more in information about supported task management for information units see chapter 2 Task Management This extended message allows the tape drive and initiator to agree on the values of the parameters relevant to synchronous transfers The SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message has the format shown in figure 1 Note The ANSI SPI 4 standard prohibits target devices from initiating negotiations using the PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST message Instead targets are required to negotiate using the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST and SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST messages The DLT S4 tape drive initiates negotiations starting with a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message before transferring any data if transfer parameters have not been established or have been lost see SPI 4 Fig
69. The DLT S4 drive checks for password protection on the DLT S4 tape during the load process and if it is enabled verifies that the drive has the same password If the passwords match the user can read and write data on the tape If they do not match READ and WRITE commands will be rejected and sense data will be presented to the initiator 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 Page Code 27h 1 Additional Page Length 32h 2 Reserved PAX PCP PWF Reserved CRA CWA 3 Reserved 4 Reserved Password Selection Scope 5 Reserved Action Code 6 Reserved 7 Reserved Numter of Passwords Supported 8 9 Reserved APB APD PA TPP DPS PM 10 Reserved for Password 2 Status 11 Reserved for Password 3 Status DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 201 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 12 Reserved for Password 4 Status 13 Reserved for Password 5 Status 14 Reserved for Password 6 Status 15 Reserved for Password 7 Status 16 19 Reserved 20 51 Password Value Table 112 Data Security Mode Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Must be set to 0 Page Code __ Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 27h identifies this as the Data Security Mode Page Additional Indicates the number bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The lengt
70. Transfer Ready IU up to two times When the SDLT S4 detects that the host did not successfully receive the Response IU it will resend the Response IU The retransmitted Response IU will have the following new information in the SSP Frame Header e The Retransmit Bit is set to 1 The SDLT S4 will attempt to retransmit the Response IU up to two times 21 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands This chapter describes the supported SCSI commands options and error recovery procedures implemented in the DLT S4 tape drive This chapter does not fully reiterate the entire ANSI SCSI standards for information of this nature refer to the SCSI standards itself The Web sites www scsita org and www t10 org are also helpful sources of information 22 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing The DLT S4 tape drive supports the SCSI 3 command set and the SCSI commands listed in table 10 Table 10 SCSI Commands er Supported by DLT S4 Tape Command Code See Drives ERASE 19h page 33 INQUIRY 12h page 34 LOAD UNLOAD 1Bh page 54 LOCATE 2Bh page 56 LOG SELECT 4Ch page 57 LOG SENSE 4Dh page 66 MODE SELECT 6 10 15h 55h page 98 MODE SENSE 6 10 1Ah 5Ah page 157 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN 5Eh page 209 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT 5Fh page 219 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 1Eh
71. Type Mask 6 7 Reserved Table 119 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Parameter Data for REPORT CAPABILITIES Field Descriptions Field Description Length The LENGTH field indicates the length in bytes of the parameter data CRH A Compatible Reservation Handling CRH bit set to one indicates that the device server supports the exceptions to the SPC 2 RESERVE and RELEASE commands described in SPC 3 Always set to 1 SIP_C Always set to 0 the drive does not support the SIP ATP_C Always set to 0 the drive does not support the ATP bit DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 217 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh Field Description PTPL_C Always set to 1 indicating the drive support the APTPL feature TMV Always set to 1 indicating the Persistent Reservation Type Mark field is valid PTPL_A A Persist Through Power Loss Activated PTPL_A bit set to one indicates that persist through power loss capability see SPC 3 is activated because the most recent successfully completed PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with REGISTER or REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service action had the APTPL bit set to one in the parameter data A PTPL_A bit set to zero indicates that the persist through power loss capability is not activated Persistent The PERSISTENT RESERVATION TYPE MASK field see figure 113 contains a bit Reservation Type Mask map that indicates the persistent reservation types that are supporte
72. Unit Attention Mode Parameters Changed will be sent to any other initiators affected by the scope change 03hReserved Scope Value Description 00h Only allow me to access the tape O1h Allow everyone with a reservation to access the tape Loss of 02h Allow everyone to access the tape 03h Reserved Action Code This 6 bit read write field indicates the desired password protection action The value in this field has the following meaning Action Value Description DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 203 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description 00h No Action 01h Set Drive Password This action can be done with or without a tape in the drive If a tape is mounted and password protected the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The corresponding DPS bit is set and the APB APD PAX PCP and PWF bits are cleared 02h Set the Drive Password and write it to tape Tape must be mounted and either have no password or the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The PCP bit is set until the password has been successfully written to tape Upon successful completion of the MODE SELECT command the PCP bit is set if the tape does not have a password The APB APD PAX and PWF bits are cleared 03h Set Drive Password in drive memory and write it to all blank tapes This action sets the APB bit This action code can
73. Write Indicates the total number of times the drive performed a Write retry since the last Retries Count medium format Total Amount Indicates the amount of data physically read from the medium since the last medium of Data Read format This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Total Read Indicates the number of times the drive performed a Read retry since the last medium Retries Count format DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 251 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Field Description Load Count Indicates the number of loads since the last medium format This count accumulates over the life of the medium but it is reset to 0 after a medium format Total Change Indicates the number of times that switches between partitions have been performed Partition on the medium Must be set to 0 Super DLTtape media comprises a single volume Count Total Partition Indicates number of times that any of the partitions on the medium have been erased Initialize This count accumulates over the life of the medium but it is reset to 0 after a medium Count format PARTITION USAGE HISTORY Provides statistics see figure 125 for the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB If a field is not used it is set to 0 Figure 125 PARTITION USAGE HISTORY Attribute Data Format
74. addresses reported are limited to the following addressing methods e Logical unit addressing e Peripheral device addressing Flat space addressing 01h The list of logical units only contains well known logical units if any 02h The list of logical units contains all logical units accessible to the initiator through the addressed SCSI target port Allocation If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the logical unit number values for all Length configured logical units the tape drive reports as many logical number values as fit in the Allocation Length The format of the report of configured logical units is shown in figure 149 Figure 149 LUN Reporting Parameter List Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 3 LUN List Length n 7 LSB 4 7 Reserved 8 15 LUN first LUN LSB ae LUN last LUN if more than one DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 293 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT LUNS Command AOh The LUN List Length field contains the length in bytes of the LUN list that can be transferred The LUN list length equals the number of logical unit numbers reported multiplied by 8 If the allocation length in the CDB is too small to allow transfer of information about all of the logical units configured the LUN list length value is not adjusted to reflect the truncation 294 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION COD
75. but the medium is not positioned for access DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 55 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOCATE Command 2Bh LOCATE Command 2Bh The LOCATE command performs high speed positioning to a specified block address Use the READ POSITION command to obtain the block address associated with the current position on tape Then use the LOCATE command to position the tape at the same logical position for high performance restore operations of particular blocks of data Zz _ __ __ xx_____ Figure 21 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Operation Code 2Bh 1 Reserved BT CP Immed 2 Reserved 3 6 Logical Object Identifier LSB 7 Reserved 8 Partition 9 Control E Table 32 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description BT Block Type The drive ignores this bit CP Change Partition Must set to 0 Immed Immediate When set to 1 the drive returns status as soon as the operation starts When set to 0 the drive returns status after the operation has completed Logical Object Identifier Specifies the Logical Object Identifier to which the drive positions the medium Partition Not applicable the drive ignores this bit see CP field DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 56 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Figure 22 LOG SELECT Des
76. by the Fibre Channel standard Always set to 0 The drive ignores the contents of the Command Reference Number CRN in the FCP command IU This value cannot be changed using the MODE SELECT command DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 182 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Figure 95 SAS Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Data Format Bit Byte 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 SPF 0 Page Code 18h 1 Page Length 06h Transport 2 Reserved Layer Protocol Identifier 6h Retries 3 Reserved 4 7 Reserved Table 103 SAS Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 18h identifies this as the Logical Unit Control page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Protocol A value of 6h indicates that this mode page applies to an SAS 1 1 port see the Serial Identifier Attached SCSI 1 1 SAS 1 1 standard for specific SAS information Transport Layer Retries Bit set to 1 Transport layer retries are supported by this devices as defined in SAS 1 1 DL
77. ceeeeeceeesssssesesseesseseseseeneseseees 173 Device Configuration Page 10h ecssssssesesesesseseeeseseeaeseseees 176 Medium Partition Page 11h oes e ee eeeeee ee reneeeeeneteneneneeees 179 Logical Unit Control Page 18h eee ceeeereneeeeeteteneneneeees 181 Port Control Page 19h ssisessccoscsstsevescsssivescoeansvevsvennssnevevestwensvevevaoes 184 SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage 19h O01h 188 SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage 19h 03h eee 192 SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage 19h 04h 194 TapeAlert Page 1Ch cccscscsteetscsscansseateevavesencevecessvevgsanvacneug eii 196 Medium Configuration Mode Page 1Dh 0 eee ee eeeereeeees 199 Data Security Mode Page 27h ccc ee teseeeeeeeeeteseeenenenenenes 201 Ge ner l Operati otis teses rensei resies nea en E Esaa sin Ta E EEEN oa Easten 205 Drive Password and Password Protection State Storage 206 EEPROM Mode Page 3Eh ss sesssssssesssessrissssrrrsrresrrssneerresnresrrsnreeseesree 207 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command SEN ssssssseseessssseersrissesssissrreresss 209 READ KEYS Service ActiOnisiisiei ieii eestin erisia nis essani i 210 READ RESERVATION Service Action sss sssessissreessiesrersrerreererseesres 212 REPORT CAPABILITIES Service Action sss essssssesesssereesrieeriesreererese 216 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh 0 0 0 ccc eeeeeseeseeeeeeees 219 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command with R
78. condition and does not need to be repeated 06h Only Report Informational Exception Condition on Request The drive preserves information exception data To access the data issue an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command The drive sets the Sense Key to NO SENSE with an Additional Sense Code of 5Dh 00h TapeAlert Event The Additional Sense Code of 5Dh 00h for values 03h 04h and 06h signals that a TapeAlert event occurred Information about the event is stored in the TapeAlert Log page The setting of the MRIE field does not impact logging of events in the TapeAlert Log page Interval Must be set to 0 Timer DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 141 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description Report Report Count or Test Flag Number Must be set to 0 unless the Test bit is set to 1 in Count Test which case this field indicates a test condition to be generated as follows Pag iaiki Value Result 0 Do not change the TapeAlert Flag but report an exception condition based on the value in the MRIE field 1 to 64 Set the TapeAlert flag indicated in the value and generate an exception condition based on the value in the MRIE field 64 to 1 Clear the TapeAlert flag in an equivalent manner to taking corrective action for the flag indicated by the absolute number of the value 32 767 Set all TapeAlert flags and generate an exception condition based on the v
79. counters Parameter Length Specifies the number of bytes in the parameter value Parameter Value Indicates the actual value of this log parameter General Purpose Log page 38h provides access to a 64 byte non volatile buffer in the tape Non Volatile Log Page drive for general purpose use The log page contains one 64 byte 38h parameter with a Parameter Code setting of 0 The 64 bytes in the Parameter Value field are stored in device non volatile memory and are returned when a LOG SENSE command requests log page 38h Figure 25 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SELECT Page Header Format Sn Bk 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Page Code 38h 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 63 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Table 37 General Purpose E Non Volatile LOG SELECT Field Description Header Field Descriptions Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SELECT CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the 4 bytes that make up the header Figure 26 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SELECT Page Parameter Format 0 1 Parameter Code LSB 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP 3 Parameter Length 40h MSB 4 67 Parameter Value LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 64 Table 38 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SELECT Page Field Des
80. enough to hold all of the data DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 296 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command A3h 0Ch All_commands Parameter The REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES all_commands parameter Data Format data format begins with a 4 byte header that contains the length in bytes of the parameter data followed by a list of the returned commands Each command descriptor contains information about a single supported command including operation code and service action if applicable The list of command descriptors contains all commands the drive supports Figure 151 All_ commands Parameter Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 0 3 Command Data Length n 3 LSB Commands Command Descriptor 0 Command Descriptor n Table 164 All_ commands Field Parameter Data Field Description Descriptions Command Data The number of bytes in the returned command Length descriptor list Command Each command descriptor contains information Descriptors about a single supported command including operation code and service action if applicable see figure 152 for the command descriptor data format DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 297 Figure 152 All_commands Command Descriptor Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command A3h 0Ch Bit 0 Operation Code 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Service A
81. field in the CDB during the previous load of the medium This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Previous Read Retries Count Indicates the number of times the drive performed a Read retry in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB during the previous load of the medium Total Amount of Data Written Indicates the amount of data physically written to the medium in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB since the last medium format This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 254 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Field Description Total Write Retries Count Indicates the total number of times the drive performed a Write retry in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB since the last medium format Total Amount of Indicates the amount of data physically read from the medium in the partition Data Read specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB since the last medium format This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Total Read Indicates the number of times the drive performed a Read
82. figure 65 for Fibre Channel see figure 66 and for SAS see figure 67 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 123 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 65 Parallel SCSI Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Data Format Page Code 18h Page Length 06h Reserved Protocol Identifier 1h Reserved Table 74 Parallel SCSI Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 18h identifies this as the Logical Unit Control Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Protocol A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to an SPI 5 compliant port see Identifier the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 124 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 66 Fibre Channel Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Data Format Page Code 18h 1 Page Length 06h 2 Reserved Protocol Identifier Oh 3 Reserved EPDC 0 4 7 Reserved Table
83. is a complementary command to MODE SELECT Figure 80 shows the CDB for the 6 byte MODE SENSE 1Ah command An illustration of the CDB for the 10 byte MODE SENSE 5Ah command is shown in figure 81 Byte ele 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Operation Code 1Ah 1 Reserved DBD Reserved 2 PC Page Code 3 SubPage Code 4 Allocation Length 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Note The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or not changeable In such cases the drive does not change any parameters as a result of the command The 10 byte MODE SENSE command is required to request the vendor specific EEPROM parameter page due to the large amount of data that parameter page contains MODE SENSE 10 can be used to retrieve the other pages as well Note that MODE SENSE 10 returns descriptor data in a different format than MODE SENSE 6 157 Figure 81 MODE SENSE 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Bit 7 6 4 3 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 5Ah 1 Reserved LLBAA DBD Reserved 2 PC Page Code 3 SubPage Code 4 6 Reserved 7 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 158 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah
84. maximum value is 6500 1964h representing a range in delay of 1 5 seconds to 11 minutes DBR Data Recovery Always set to 0 BIS Block Identifiers Supported This bit is supported and is always set to 1 RSmk Report Setmark Always set to 0 AVC Automatic Velocity Control Always set to 0 SOCF Stop on Consecutive Filemarks Always set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 177 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description RBO Recover Buffer Order Always set to 0 REW Report Early Warning Always set to 0 do not report Early Warning EOM on READ Gap Size Always set to 0 EOD Defined End of Data Always set to Oh EEG Enable EOD Generation When set to 1 indicates that the drive generates an EOD The drive generates an EOD mark before any change of direction following a WRITE type operation SEW Synchronize at Early Warning When set to 1 the drive writes any unwritten data or tapemarks to the medium before each command completes once the End of Medium early warning point is reached effectively operating as if in unbuffered mode When set to 0 the drive continues to operate in buffered mode if enabled past the End of Medium early warning point Default value is 1 SWP Software Write Protection Always set to 0 Buffer Size at Early Always set to 0 Warning Select Data If set to 1 data compression is enabled If set to 0 data compression i
85. one Table 17 contains field descriptions for the data the DLT S4 tape drive returns Table 17 Standard INQUIRY Data Page Field Descriptions Field Value Description Peripheral 000b or 011b This field contains 000b if the command is directed to a valid Qualifier device The field contains 011b if there is no device at the selected LUN Peripheral 01 or 1Fh This field contains 01h if the LUN is Oh or 1Fh if no device is Device Type attached to the selected LUN RMB 1 Removable Medium Bit Version 04h The drive supports ANSI SCSI 3 per SPC 2 NormACA 0 Normal ACA HiSup 1 Hierarchical Support DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 36 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Field Value Description Response 2 This Standard Inquiry Data is in the format described in the Data Format Version field Additional The drive uses this field to indicate the number of additional Length bytes of INQUIRY Response Data available The value depends on the number of version descriptors returned in the INQUIRY Response Data SCCS 0 SCC Supported ACC 0 Access Controls Coordinator ALUA 00b Asymmetric Logical Unit Access 3PC 0 Third party Copy BQue 0 Basic Tagged Command Queuing EncServ 0 Enclosure Services VS 0 Vendor Specific MultiP 0 Multi Port Addr16 See table 18 16 Bit Addressing MChnger 0 Medium Changer RelAdr 0 Relativ
86. password when the number of password attempts has been exceeded the sense data will change from e Data Protect Access Denied Invalid Management ID Key 07 20 03 to Data Protect Access Denied Password Attempts Exceeded 07 20 80 The drive password and the Password Protection State will be stored in the drive s volatile RAM Passwords sent to the drive using action code 01 Set Drive Password will be saved in the drive s volatile RAM for automatic password validation on future tape loads The default value of the Password bytes and Password Protection State will be 00 Ina parallel SCSI drive the drive password Password field and Password Protection State will be reset to default values only after a power on reset A device reset or bus reset will not reset the drive s passwords For Fibre Channel and SAS drives the drive password Password field and Password Protection State will be reset to default values after a power on reset device reset or bus reset 206 EEPROM Mode Page 3Eh Figure 107 EEPROM MODE SENSE Page Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah This page returns all of the EEPROM parameters that can be set with the MODE SELECT EEPROM page it sometimes returns an error message in the returned ASCII string The 10 byte MODE SENSE command for the EEPROM page returns data in the form of a MODE SENSE 10 data header followed by block and page descript
87. port see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard Minimum Transfer The MINIMUM TRANSFER PERIOD FACTOR field is set to the smallest value of Period Factor the transfer period factor see SPI 5 supported by the SCSI target port DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 138 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description Maximum REQ ACK The MAXIMUM REQ ACK Offset field indicates the REQ ACK offset for the Offset current I_T nexus Maximum Transfer The MAXIMUM TRANSFER WIDTH EXPONENT field indicates the transfer Width Exponent exponent for the current I_T nexus Protocol Options Bits The PROTOCOL OPTIONS BITS SUPPORTED field indicates the protocol Supported options for the current I_T nexus TapeAlert Page 1Ch The drive supports the TapeAlert Page which sets or changes the supported TapeAlert configuration options Use the MODE SENSE command to read the settings of the TapeAlert page Figure 75 TapeAlert MODE SELECT Page Data Format Page Code 1Ch Page Length 0Ah Reserved LogErr 0 Reserved EWASC 0 DExcpt Reserved MSB 4 7 Interval Timer 0 LSB MSB 8 11 Report Count Test Flag Number LSB 139 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 84 TapeAlert MODE SELECT Page Field
88. read only bit indicates if the cartridge can be accesses for the following WRITE type commands WRITE WRITE FM ERASE and WRITE ATTRIBUTE Password This read write field selects the identification of the password to modify The values are Selection 0 Host Read Write Password 1 Automation Read Write Password On a MODE SENSE command this field will be set to the last password that was selected on a MODE SELECT for that port Scope Scope of Password Protection This two bit read write field determines who is allowed to access the drive in a multi initiator environment This field is reserved for the ADC device server The last scope successfully selected determines the global scope for passwords A Unit Attention Mode Parameters Changed will be sent to any other initiators affected by the scope change 03h Reserved Scope Value Description 00h Only allow me to access the tape 01h Allow everyone with a reservation to access the tape Loss of 02h Allow everyone to access the tape 03h Reserved Action Code This 6 bit read write field indicates the desired password protection action The value in this field has the following meaning DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 146 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description Action Value Description 00h No Action olh Set Drive Password This action can be done with or without a tape in the drive If a tape is mounted and password p
89. retry in the partition Retries Count specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB since the last medium format Load Count Indicates the number of loads in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB since the last medium format This count accumulates over the life of the medium but it is reset to 0 after a medium format Total Change Indicates the number of times that switches to the partition specified by the Partition Count Partition Number field in the CDB have been performed on the medium Must be set to 0 Super DLTtape media comprises a single volume Total Partition Initialize Count Indicates the number of times that the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB has been initialized This count accumulates over the life of the medium but it is reset to 0 after a medium format DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 255 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Standard Medium Type Attributes 4 Medium type attributes see table 144 are hard coded into the medium auxiliary memory at the time of manufacture All supported medium type attributes have a status of read only except MEDIUM TYPE A WORM tape can be created if the MEDIUM TYPE attribute 0408h is used Table 144 Medium Type Attributes for EMAM Supported by the DLT S4 Tape Drive Firmware Attribute Attribute Identifier Name Length Form
90. returned command If the drive evaluates a bit the corresponding bit in this field is set to 1 If the drive ignores or treats a bit as reserved the corresponding bit in this field is set to 0 If a field contains more than one bit the drive fills all bits in that field with the same value DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 300 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command A3h 0Dh REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command A3h 0Dh The REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS command requests information on task management functions the DLT S4 tape drive supports Figure 154 REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 4 2 1 Byte 6 5 3 0 0 Operation Code A3h 1 Reserved Service Action 0Dh 2 5 Reserved LSB MSB 6 9 Allocation Length 4h or larger LSB 10 Reserved 11 Control Table 167 REPORT m SUPPORTED TASK Field Description MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Service Action A service action of 0Dh identifies this as the command Descriptor Block REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT Field Descriptions FUNCTIONS command Allocation Specifies the number of bytes allocated for the Length returned parameter data The Allocation Length value must be at least 4 bytes DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 301 Figure 155 TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command Parameter Data Data Format Chapter
91. tape If they do not match READ and WRITE commands will be rejected and sense data will be presented to the initiator Data Security is enabled using a MODE SELECT command for the Vendor Unique Data Security Mode page The Data Security settings can be read using a MODE SENSE command for the Data Security Mode page The password will not be returned in the MODE SENSE data The password is written to the tape in response to a WRITE command when positioned at the beginning of the tape WRITE from BOT Action code 0x08 Set Drive Password and Write to Tape Immediately does not require a WRITE command to cause the password to be written to tape it is written automatically prior to the completion of the MODE SELECT command Figure 77 shows the page that controls uses a password verification mechanism to prevent or allow reading and writing the data to the tape Its primary function is to provide a means of preventing unauthorized access to data on a DLT S4 native cartridge It has no impact on Back Read cartridges Bit 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 Page Code 27h 1 Additional Page Length 32h 2 Reserved PAX PCP PWF Reserved CRA CWA 3 Reserved 4 Reserved Password Selection Scope 5 Reserved Action Code 6 Reserved 7 Reserved Numter of Passwords Supported 8 9 Reserved APB APD PA TPP DPS PM DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 144 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6
92. the Level 2 Write Read Functionality test the first four fields are set to the defaults of 1 0 1 and 0 respectively and the second four fields are set to the read and write statistics that the test collected 277 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RELEASE 10 Command 57h RELEASE 10 Command 57h The RELEASE and RESERVE commands provide contention resolution in multiple initiator systems The RELEASE 10 command releases a previously reserved logical unit The tape drive does not return an error if an initiator attempts to release a reservation that is not currently valid Note This command has been made obsolete in the latest version of SCSI 3 and should not be used with any new implementations The tape drive supports this command for legacy applications only Figure 139 RELEASE 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 57h 1 Reserved 3rdPty Reserved LongID Extent 0 2 Reservation Identification 3 Third Party Device ID 4 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Parameter List Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 278 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RELEASE 10 Command 57h Table 154 RELEASE 10 Command Field Descriptions Field Description 3rdPty Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a previously established third party reservation When set to 0 third party release is not requested When set to 1 the
93. the PER bit of the Read Write Error Recovery Mode Page 01h RewindOnReset Binary When set to 1 the drive rewinds the tape medium to BOT on reset When set to 0 the drive does not rewind on BUS RESET or BDR message Caution Partial block data may be written to tape if reset occurs during WRITE SCSIBusDMA Timer Decimal The number of seconds before the drive times out waiting for ACK once DMA transfer started When set to 0 the timer is set to infinite Parallel SCSI only Minimum value of this field is 0 maximum value is 255 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 153 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Parameter Data Type Default Length Bytes Usage SCSIReselRetries Decimal 10 The number of reselection retries the drive makes before giving up A reselection retry occurs once each second When set to 0 the drive never gives up it preforms infinite reselection retries Parallel SCSI only Minimum value of this field is 0 maximum value is 255 SCSIResReINOP Binary When set to 1 SCSI RESERVE RELEASE UNIT commands are no operation NOP SCSIXferMax Decimal 0 Best possible speed 5 Limit to 5 MB sec 10 Limit to 10 MB sec 20 Limit to 20 MB sec 40 Limit to 40 MB sec Parallel SCSI only SetEOMatEW Binary When set to 1 sets EOM field in byte 2 of REQUEST SENSE data when encountering Ea
94. the cleaning tape has expired If no cleaning tape is installed the drive clears this bit 97 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h SESE Table 62 MODE SELECT Operating Parameters The MODE SELECT commands enable the host to configure the tape drive Before configuring the drive the host should issue MODE SENSE commands to the drive to obtain a report of the current configuration and determine which parameters are configurable The host interprets this information and then may issue MODE SELECT to set the drive to the host s preferred configuration Operating parameters for the drive are contained in several pages Table 62 lists the MODE SELECT pages supported and the location of the sections in this document detailing each page Reference Page Code Description Refer to 01h Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h page 105 02h Disconnect Reconnect Page 02h page 106 OAh Control Mode Page OAh page 113 OFh Data Compression Page OFh page 116 10h Device Configuration Page 10h page 118 11h Medium Partition Page 11h page 122 18h Logical Unit Control Page 18h page 123 19h Port Control Page 19h page 127 19h 01h SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage 19h 01h page 130 19h 03h SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage 19h 03h page 134 19h 04h SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode S
95. to flush the buffer in 10 seconds The maximum value is 6500 1964h the minimum value is 15 OFh representing a range from 11 minutes to 1 5 seconds A value of 0 disables forcing data to tape based on time in the buffer The drive rounds values greater than 6500 down to 6500 DBR Data Buffer Recovery Must be set to 0 BIS Block Identifiers Supported This bit is supported and must be set to 1 RSmk Report Setmark Must be set to 0 AVC Automatic Velocity Control Must be set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 119 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description SOCF Stop on Consecutive Filemarks Must be set to 0 RBO Recover Buffer Order Must be set to 0 REW Report Early Warning Must be set to 0 do not report Early Warning EOM on READ Gap Size Must be set to 0 EOD Defined End of Data Defined Must be set to Oh EEG Enable End of Data Generation Indicates that the drive generates an EOD mark before any change of direction following a WRITE type operation Must be set to 1 SEW Synchronize at Early Warning When set to 1 the drive writes any unwritten data or tape marks to the tape medium before each command completes once the End of Medium early warning point is reached effectively operating as if in unbuffered mode When set to 0 the drive continues to operate in buffered mode if enabled past the End of Medium early warning point The defa
96. value of 11h identifies this as the Medium Partition Page DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 122 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description Page Length Indicates the number bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Maximum Additional Partitions Must be set to 0 Additional Partitions Must be set to 0 Specifies the number of additional partitions defined for Defined the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional Partitions field Only one partition is supported therefore this field must be set to 0 FDP Fixed Data Partitions Must be set to 0 SDP Select Data Partitions Must be set to 0 IDP Initiator Defined Partitions Must be set to 0 PSUM Partition Size Unit of Measure Must be set to 0 POFM Partition on Format Must be set to 0 Clear Must be set to 0 ADDP Additional Defined Data Partitions Must be set to 0 Medium Format Recognition Set to 01h indicating that the drive supports Medium Format Recognition Partition Units Must be set to 0 Logical Unit Control Page 18h The Logical Unit Control Page contains the logical unit control parameters for READ and WRITE operations For Parallel SCSI see
97. will be stored in Password Protection State the drive s volatile RAM Passwords sent to the drive using action code 01 Storage Set Drive Password will be saved in the drive s volatile RAM for automatic password validation on future tape loads The default value of the Password bytes and Password Protection State will be 00 Ina parallel SCSI drive the drive password Password field and Password Protection State will be reset to default values only after a power on reset A device reset or bus reset will not reset the drive s passwords For Fibre Channel and SAS drives the drive password Password field and Password Protection State will be reset to default values after a power on reset device reset or bus reset EEPROM Mode Page 3Eh The drive supports an EEPROM Mode Page that enables an initiator to modify savable parameters Only one savable parameter can be changed per MODE SELECT command a nS RT SE Sie SE IA eet Figure 78 EEPROM Mode Page Data Format Page Code 3Eh Page Length 2 n ASCII String of Parameter Name and Value The ASCII string has a parameter name followed by one or more space characters a parameter value and an ASCII line feed or null character When the string is parsed the parameter value is interpreted as shown in DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 150 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h table 87 Note that the parameter name may be in upper
98. written to the tape in Object Buffer medium DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 273 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h Read Position Data Data returned when the service action value is 6 takes the following form Long Form Figure 136 READ POSITION Long Form Data Format Reserved Reserved MSB Partition Number LSB MSB Logical Object Number Logical File Identifier LSB MSB 24 31 Logical Set Identifier LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 274 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h Table 152 READ POSITION Long Form Data Field Descriptions Field Description BOP Beginning of Partition When set to 1 indicates that the drive is at the Beginning of Partition BOP in the current partition When set to 0 indicates that the current logical position is not at BOP Since DLT S4 tape drives do not support more than one partition the value of this field is 1 when at BOT EOP End of Partition When set to 1 indicates that the drive is positioned between early warning and the End of Partition EOP in the current partition When set to 0 indicates that the current logical position is not between early warning and EOP MPU Mark Position Unknown When set to 1 indicates that the values contained in the Logical File Identifier and Logical Set Identifier fields are not known or accurate reporti
99. 0 1 Clocking 11b 00b 00b QAS 0 0 IUS 0 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 38 Figure 8 Vendor Specific Inquiry Data Field Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Vendor Specific Inquiry Data Field Figure 8 identifies the revision of tape drive subsystem components Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 36 Product Family Released Firmware 37 Firmware Major Version Number 38 Firmware Minor Version Number 39 EEPROM Format Major Version Number 40 EEPROM Format Minor Version Number 41 Firmware Personality 42 Firmware Subpersonality 43 Vendor Specific Subtype 44 Controller Hardware Version Number 45 Tape Drive EEPROM Version Number 46 Tape Drive Hardware Version Number 47 Media Loader Firmware Version Number 48 Media Loader Hardware Version Number 49 Media Loader Mechanical Version Number 50 Media Loader Present Flag 51 Library Present Flag 52 55 Module Revision Note See Subsystem Components Revision Page C1h on page 52 for information about an alternate method for accessing these same drive subsystem components DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 39 Table 19 Vendor Specific Inquiry Data Page Field Descriptions Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Field Description Product Family Indicates the data density of the tape drive This field is set to a value of Dh for the DLT S4 Released Firmware D
100. 00 SAS Phy Mode Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Descriptor Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 8 Reserved 9 Phy Indentifier 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved Attached Device Type Reserved 13 Reserved Negotiated Physical Link Rate Attached e E 14 Reserved SSP Initiator KA ee Reserved Port Initiator Initiator a Port Port Attached Attached Attached Reserved 15 Reserved SSP Target STP Target SMPTarget Port Port Port 16 23 SAS Address 24 31 Attached SAS Address 32 Attached Phy Identifier 33 39 Reserved 40 Programmed Minimum Physical Link Rate Hardware Minimum Physical Link Rate 41 Programmed Maximum Physical Link Rate Hardware Maximum Physical Link Rate 42 49 Reserved 50 51 Vendor Specific 52 55 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 190 Table 108 SAS Phy Mode Descriptor Field Descriptions Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Descriptor Phy Identifier Phy Identifier Always set to 0 Attached Device Type Reflects the Device Type reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached SSP Initiator Port Reflects the SSP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached STP Initiator Port Attached SMP Initiator Port Reflects the STP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Identify Address fr
101. 0223h TOTAL MBYTES READ IN CURRENT LAST LOAD 8 BINARY page 248 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 246 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Attribute Attribute Identifier Name Length Format Refer to 0224h Reserved 033Fh 0340h MEDIUM USAGE HISTORY 90 BINARY page 248 0341h PARTITION USAGE HISTORY 60 BINARY page 251 0342h Reserved O3FFh DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide REMAINING CAPACITY IN PARTITION and MAXIMUM CAPACITY IN PARTITION These are native capacities assuming no data compression for the specified medium partition expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on TAPE ALERT FLAGS Provides a means of reporting the state of the Tape Alert flags for the previous load of the medium Each Tape Alert flag occupies 1 bit Flag 1 MSB byte 1 Flag 64 LSB byte 8 The bits specify all the Tape Alert flags set during the previous load the bits are sticky for the load LOAD COUNT Indicates how many times this medium has been fully loaded The drive does not reset this attribute MAM SPACE REMAINING Indicates the space currently free in the medium auxiliary memory The total medium auxiliary memory capacity is reported in the MAM CAPACITY attribute see MAM CAPACITY on page 256 You cannot always use all of the free space in a particular medium auxiliary memory implementation D
102. 02h 1 Page Length OEh 2 Buffer Full Ratio 0 3 Buffer Empty Ratio 0 MSB 4 5 Bus Inactivity Limit 0 LSB MSB 6 7 Disconnect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 8 9 Connect Time Limit 0 LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 167 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 10 11 Maximum Burst Size LSB 12 EMDP 0 FAA 0 FAB 0 FAC 0 Restricted Restricted 13 Reserved MSB 14 15 First Burst Size 0 LSB Table 95 Fibre Channel Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 02h identifies this as the Disconnect Reconnect Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Buffer Full Ratio Always set to 0 Buffer Empty Ratio Always set to 0 Bus Inactivity Limit Always set to 0 Disconnect Time Always set to 0 Limit Connect Time Limit Always set to 0 Maximum Burst Size Defaults to 80h limiting bursts to a size of 64K DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 168 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description EMDP Enable Modify Da
103. 03 TapeAlert MODE SENSE Page Data Format Page Code 1Ch Page Length OAh Reserved Reserved EWASC 0 DExcpt LogErr 0 Reserved Interval Timer 0 LSB MSB Report Count Test Flag Number DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 196 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Figure 104 TapeAlert MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 1Ch identifies this as the TapeAlert Page Page Length Indicates the number bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Perf Performance Always set to 0 EBF Enable Background Function Always set to 0 EWASC Enable Warning Always set to 0 DExcpt Disable Information Exception Operations Default value is 1 When set to 0 the reporting method specified by the contents of the MRIE field is selected When set to 1 all information exception operations are disabled and the drive ignores the contents of the MRIE field When in this mode the software polls the TapeAlert Log page Test Always set to 0 LogErr Error Log Always set to 0 MRIE Method for Reporting Informational Exceptions The drive uses the contents of this field to report inform
104. 15 Reserved Table 98 Data Compression MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of OFh identifies this as the Data Compression page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 DCE Data Compression Enable The value the drive returns depends on the current WRITE density of the drive DCC Data Compression Capable The value the drive returns indicates whether the drive supports data compression Always set to 1 indicating the drive is capable or data compression DDE Data Decompression Enable The value the drive returns indicates whether data decompression is enabled or not Always set to 1 When the drive reads compressed data from tape it automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the host DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 174 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description RED Report Exception on Decompression The drive does not report exceptions on decompression boundaries between compressed and decompressed data The drive always returns 00h Compression The value for this field is 10h indicating that the Lempel Ziv high efficiency data Algorithm compression algorithm is in use Decompression The va
105. 152 bytes and so on Current Write Retries Count Indicates the total number of times the drive performed a Write retry in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB during this load of the medium Current Amount of Data Read Indicates the amount of data physically read from the medium in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB during this load of the medium This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Current Read Retries Count Indicates the number of times the drive performed a Read retry in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB during this load of the medium Previous Amount of Data Written Indicates the amount of data physically written to the medium in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB during the previous load of the medium This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Previous Write Retries Count Indicates the total number of times the drive performed a Write retry in the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB during the previous load of the medium Previous Amount of Data Read Indicates the amount of data physically read from the medium in the partition specified by the Partition Number
106. 2 3 Reserved 4 Reserved Hold EOT ReTen Load 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 54 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOAD UNLOAD Command 1Bh Table 30 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description Immed Immediate When set to 1 the drive returns status as soon as the operation starts When set to 0 the drive returns status after the operation has completed Hold See table 31 EOT End of Tape The drive ignores this bit unless both the EOT and Load bits are set to 1 then the drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST ReTen Retension Ignored Retension operations are not needed Load See table 31 Table 31 HOLD and LOAD Field Descriptions HOLD LOAD Description 0 0 The tape is unloaded and the cartridge is ejected When the HOLD bit is set to 0 and the LOAD bit is set to 0 the tape is unloaded and the cartridge is ejected 0 1 The tape is and positioned for access When set to 0 and the LOAD bit is set to one the tape is loaded for medium access 1 0 The tape is unloaded but not ejected When the HOLD bit is set to 1 and the LOAD bit is set to 0 the tape is unloaded from the device but not ejected to allow the operator access to the cartridge 1 1 The tape is seated but not loaded When the HOLD bit set to 1 and the LOAD bit is also set to 1 the tape is loaded to the point where the MAM is accessible
107. 270 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h Table 150 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description Service Action Determines the format of the positional data the drive returns All values other than those listed below are reserved or unsupported Value Description 00h The drive returns 20 bytes of data in the format described in Read Position Data Short Form on page 270 01h The drive returns 20 bytes of data in the format described in Read Position Data Short Form on page 270 06h The drive returns 32 bytes of data in the format described in Read Position Data Long Form on page 273 Allocation Length Only used with service actions that are not supported by the DLT S4 Must be zero Read Position Data Data returned when the service action value is 00h or 01h takes the Short Form following form Figure 135 READ POSITION Short Form Data Format Bit 0 BOP EOP LOCU BYCU Reserved LOLU PERR Reserved 1 Partition Number 23 Reserved MSB y First Logical Object Location LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 271 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 8 11 Last Logical Object Location LSB 12 Reserved MSB 13 15 Numter of Logical Objects in Object Buffer LSB MSB 16 19 Number of Bytes in Ob
108. 4 SCSI Commands REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command A3h 0Dh The REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS command may return any of the values shown in figure 155 Bit 0 ATS ATSS CACAS CTSS LURS QTS TRS WAKES MSB 1 3 Reserved LSB Table 168 TASK inti MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS eae Desctipyon Command Parameter Data ATS Abort Task Supported Always set to 1 Field Descriptions ATSS Abort Task Set Supported Always set to 1 CACAS Clear ACA Supported Always set to 0 CTSS Clear Task Set Supported Always set to 1 LURS Logical Unit Reset Supported Always set to 1 QTS Query Task Supported Set to 0 for parallel SCSI and Fibre Channel interface drives set to 1 for SAS interface drives TRS Target Reset Supported Set to 1 for parallel SCSI and Fibre Channel interface drives set to 0 for SAS interface drives WAKES Wakeup Supported Always set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 302 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT TIMESTAMP Command A3h 0Fh REPORT TIMESTAMP Command A3h 0Fh The REPORT TIMESTAMP command see figure 156 requests that the device server return the value of the DLT S4 tape drive s timestamp Figure 156 REPORT TIMESTAMP Command Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code A3h 1 Reserved Service Action OFh MSB 2 5 Reserved LSB MSB 6 9 Allocation Length L
109. 54 Table 55 Table 56 Tables General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SELECT Page Field Descriptions esene senesnis eris 65 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block Field Descrip TONS ba 3 es e ea E EE E aE EE 67 Supported Pages LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions 69 Read Write Error LOG SENSE Header Field DESCRIP TONS ee a aE oie etnies is 70 Log Parameters for Read Write Error LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions ccc cesses ceeseseeeececeeeeseeeeees 71 Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Header Field Descr iPHONE aan Mie eae ANN 73 Log Parameters for Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions ssssssssisesesrissesresresrisresresreerissesses 74 Sequential Access Device LOG SENSE Header Field ID SCHIP TONS nn a a E a aa ASis 75 Sequential Access Device LOG SENSE Page Parameters Field Descriptions sesessesessesesseressererrerereereen 76 Temperature LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions 77 Temperature LOG SENSE Parameters eee eeeeeeeeees 78 SAS Phy Control and Discover LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions Kesit eee astuostastivtan bes Ghesete ee 79 SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page Subpage Field Descriptions neeese 80 SAS Phy Log Descriptor Field Descriptions 000 82 TapeAlert Page LOG SENSE Header Field DESCIIPHONS eneret a E A E Ea E 84 TapeAlert Page LOG SENSE Parameters Field Desciptons enean e a E E a Me
110. 5h Figure 71 SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 1 Page Code 19h 1 SubPage Code 01h MSB 223 Page Length 34h LSB 4 Reserved 5 Reserved Protocol Identifier 6h 6 Reserved 7 Number of Phys 1 8 55 SAS Phy Mode Descriptor see figure 72 l a Table 80 SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Must be to 0 SPF SubPage Format Must be to 1 Indicates that this page uses the sub_page mode page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this is as the Port Control Page SubPage Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT Subpage being transferred A value of 01h identifies this is as the SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 131 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header Protocol Identifier A value of 6h indicates that this mode page applies to an SAS SSP specific mode page see the Serial Attached SCSI 1 1 SAS 1 1 for specific SAS information Number of Phys Indicates the Number of Phys Must be to 1 SAS Phy Mode See figure 72 Descriptor Figure
111. 72 shows the SAS phy mode descriptor EES Figure 72 SAS Phy Mode Descriptor Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 8 Reserved 9 Phy Indentifier 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved Attached Device Type Reserved 13 Reserved Negotiated Physical Link Rate Attached a pris 14 Reserved SSP Initiator a Reserved Port Initiator Initiator Port Port Attached Attached Attached Reserved 15 Reserved SSP Target STP Target SMP Target Port Port Port 16 23 SAS Address 24 31 Attached SAS Address DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 132 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 32 Attached Phy Identifier 33 39 Reserved 40 Programmed Minimum Physical Link Rate Hardware Minimum Physical Link Rate 41 Programmed Maximum Physical Link Rate Hardware Maximum Physical Link Rate 42 49 Reserved 50 51 Vendor Specific 52 55 Reserved SSa___a_a__qqqQ Q gt q Table 81 SAS Phy Mode Descriptor Field Descriptions Field Descriptor Phy Identifier Phy Identifier Always set to 0 Attached Device Type Reflects the Device Type reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached SSP Initiator Port Reflects the SSP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached STP Initiator Port Reflects the STP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Iden
112. AA Identifier Field Descriptions 46 Port NAA Identifier Field Descriptions 0 ee 47 Relative Target Port Identifier Field Descriptions 48 Sequential Access Device Capabilities VPD Page Field Descriptions csi ei isgsssvssesstheshdessedesesssbesisdtaseasscestaeesseasgcaes 49 Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number Page Field IDESCTIP TONS nors E SaserenlalSteseveestantyouta ddviuiees sbseaeest ast 50 Firmware Build Information Page Field Descriptions 51 Subsystem Components Revision Page Field DD SCHIP TONS nennen enges ieee ar oae aaen insasi 53 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions enee a EEE a EE RTE 55 HOLD and LOAD Field Descriptions 55 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions 42th iin aE E EEE E E 56 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block Field DESCHIP HONS arrar Sas tees A N A 58 LOG SELECT Page clearing Codes cccescceseseneesestsssteneens 59 LOG SELECT Log Page Header Field Descriptions 60 LOG SELECT Log Parameters Field Descriptions 61 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SELECT Header Field Descriptions cceceecsietancteitietssenuesdevastsasdesyelaateeweeret 64 xix DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 38 Table 39 Table 40 Table 41 Table 42 Table 43 Table 44 Table 45 Table 46 Table 47 Table 48 Table 49 Table 50 Table 51 Table 52 Table 53 Table
113. ASC ASCQ Description COMMAND OBh 48h 00h IDE Message Error ABORTED 49h 00h Invalid Message Error continued 4Ah 00h Command Phase Error 4Bh 00h Data Phase Error 4Bh Olh Invalid Target Port Transfer Tag 4Bh 02h Too Much Write Data 4Bh 03h ACK NAK Timeout 4Bh 04h NAK Received 4Bh 05h Data Offset Error 4Bh 06h Initiator Response Timeout 4Fh 00h Overlapped Commands Attempted Queue tag is not unique CDB sent with abort tag message or untagged CDBs are outstanding VOLUME 0Dh 00h 02h End of Medium OVERFLOW 1 Contact a service representative 2 Bad firmware image or code download possible DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 317 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RESERVE 10 Command 56h RESERVE 10 Command 56h The RESERVE and RELEASE commands provide contention resolution in multiple initiator systems The RESERVE command reserves a logical unit number The RESERVE 10 CDB is shown in figure 175 and the data fields are described in table 157 If RESERVE 10 is used RELEASE 10 must also be used Note This command has been made obsolete in the latest version of SCSI 3 and should not be used with any new implementations The tape drive supports this command for legacy applications only Table 175 RESERVE 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 56h 1 Reserved 3rdPty Reserved LongID Extent 0 2 Reservation Identi
114. CODES Command ASH OCH vcissccisiedescstescsssstscescaseasass csseatasaseczededasuasvevedadeasvassogsessssveszacieseds All_commands Parameter Data Format One_command Parameter Data Format ceeesessesseseeeeeneneeenes REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command ABW ODI i ivsisiscsseciesstaseessscssciebsscessebsceseseaticesssascddeevas vavtscesee REPORT TIMESTAMP Command A3h 0Fh 0 0 eee eeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeees REQUEST SENSE Command 03h eee eeseeseseeeeeesesesesseaeanseeseseeeeeeees RESERVE 10 Command 56h cece ceeseneeseecseneeeseceeseseseeasseseneeeees RESERVE UNIT Command 16h ee eseseneeseecseseseseeeseseeseeseeneeeeeees REWIND Command 01D eee ceceseeeceeseseseeceeceenesesseassesenseecesasseeeees SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1DA eee eeeeeeeseeeneeeteeeeseseeneneees Level 1 Test Electronics Testi en nn e Level 2 Test Write Read Functionality Test eee SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command A4h 06h sss SET TIMESTAMP Command A4h 0FHh ce eeessceseeeeeeseneeeeseeeeneees SPAGE Command IIi cancan inan oe e iS TEST UNIT READY Command 00h sss sssssssssssssssesesssissrrssreesressresrsenresssees VERIFY Command 13h eiei oa e A E east WRITE Command OAD secccsesscresseseseseeesensenseenenesesevseseneeesnesensenees Exception Conditions nunen osaa a ia e a e ee vii Contents WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command 8Dh eee ee ee eeseeseseeeeseeeeneseneaens 337 Error Summary for
115. Check Failed Tape Alert 0x3B if the integrity of the DLTSage WORM cartridge has been compromised The drive will come ready but will respond to all write commands with the following sense e Sense Key Medium Error 03 e Additional Sense Code Format Corrupted 0x31 e Additional Sense Code Qualifiers DLTWorm Corrupted 0x94 The timeout value for the creation of the DLTSage WORM tape is 5 minutes The process of creating the DLTSage WORM tape takes 60 seconds Additional time is added for error recovery retries 349 Responding to DLTSage WORM Sense Data and DLTSage WORM TapeAlerts Failure Modes and Recovery Actions DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Use of DLTSage WORM Tapes TheDLTSage WORM TapeAlerts are as follows 0x3B WORM Medium Integrity Check Failed The tape drive has detected an inconsistency during WORM medium integrity checks Detection The application will receive a WORM Integrity Check Failed Tape Alert 0x3B after the cartridge is loaded Recovery The recommended recovery action is to copy all the data from the problem DLTSage WORM cartridge to a new DLTSage WORM cartridge 0x3C WORM Medium Overwrite Attempted An attempt has been made to overwrite user data on a WORM medium Detection The application will receive a Check Condition with the following sense data e Sense Key Data Protect 07 e Additional Sense Code Write Append Error 0x50
116. Command 12h Vital Product Data Pages The following subsections describe the Vital Product Data Pages for the DLT S4 tape drive Supported Vital Product Data Page 00h The Supported Vital Product Data Page provides a directory of the Vital Product Data pages that the drive supports The supported pages are e Supported Vital Product Data Page 00h e Unit Serial Number Page 80h e Device Identification Page 83h e Sequential Access Device Capabilities Page BOh e Manufacturer assigned Serial Number Page B1h e Firmware Build Information Page COh e Subsystem Components Revision Page C1h Figure 9 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Data Format 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 Page Code 00h Reserved Page Length 07h Supported Vital Product Data Page 00h Unit Serial Number Page 80h Device Identification Page 83h Sequential Access Device Capabilities Page BOh Manufacturer assigned Serial Number Page B1h oO o N DO a A OJ ND Firmware Build Information Page COh Vendor Specific o Subsystem Components Revision Page C1h Vendor Specific DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 41 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Unit Serial Number Page 80h Figure 10 shows the format of the Unit Serial Number Page the drive Page Field Descriptions returns Figure 10 Unit Serial Number Page
117. Compression disabled 10b Force Compression enabled ForceEERebuild Binary When set to 1 forces the drive to reset all of the parameters to default values at the next power cycle DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 152 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Parameter Data Type Default Length Bytes Usage MaxBurstSize Binary 0080h Specifies the maximum amount of data to be transferred without disconnecting A value of 0 sets no limit This value is given in 512 byte increments For example a value of 8 indicates 4 KB The drive rounds values that are not multiples of 8 down to the nearest multiple of 8 Minimum value of this field is 0000h maximum value is FFFFh NoDeferRevdErr Binary When set to 1 the drive reports a deferred recovered error as a current recovered error NoscCslEject Binary Disables ejection of the cartridge at the completion of an unload operation initiated by a SCSI LOAD UNLOAD command RepBusyInProg Binary When set to 1 the drive reports BUSY status if it is in the process of becoming ready RepMAMAvailUA Binary When set the drive reports a UNIT ATTENTION when the EMAM data is available ReportRcvdPerrs Binary When set to 1 the drive reports a recovered error if parity error retried successfully Parallel SCSI only ReportRevrdErr Binary Sets the default value of
118. DLT S4 Tape Drive Implementation of Read Write Attributes DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch LOAD UNLOAD AT PARTITION Indicates whether the media can be loaded or unloaded at the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB Support for Host Vendor Unique Attributes Tape drives allocate a fixed size 1 029 bytes for the host to write its host vendor unique EMAM attributes These attributes can be numbered in the range 1400h through 17FFh Since attribute headers are 5 bytes in length if the host wants to write one attribute there are 1 024 bytes of attribute data space available If the host wants to write two attributes one maximum and one minimum the largest the maximum can be is 1 029 total 5 max attribute header 5 min attribute header 1 min attribute data or 1 018 data bytes and the smallest the minimum can be is 1 byte Host vendor unique attributes can be added and deleted A write to a host vendor unique attribute causes the drive to test the size remaining Attribute ID 4 MAM Space Remaining and if the write does not cause an out of memory condition the drive allows it An application is allowed to write an attribute marked as read only to the host vendor unique area but this attribute can never be deleted Note The format of the host vendor unique attributes contents are up to the host to determine Keep these f
119. Description LOLU Logical Object Location Unknown When set to 1 indicates that the values contained in the Partition Number First Logical Object Location or Last Logical Object Location fields are not known or accurate reporting is not currently available When set to 0 indicates that the values these fields contain are accurate PERR Position Error When set to 1 indicates that the drive is unable to report the correct position as a result of an overflow in any of the returned positional data fields When set to 0 indicates that there were no overflow conditions in any of the returned positional data fields Partition The partition number for the current logical position Number First Logical The block address associated with the current logical position the next block to be Object Location transferred between the target and initiator if a READ or WRITE command is issued Last Logical The block address associated with the current physical position the next block to be Object Location transferred to tape medium from the drive s buffer If the buffer is empty or has only a partial block the same value as First Block Location is reported The first block or filemark written onto the tape medium is at address 0 Number of The number of data blocks in the drive s buffer that have not been written to the Logical Objects tape medium in Object Buffer Number of Bytes The number of data bytes in the drive s buffer that have not been
120. Description Parameter LBIN 1 List Binary conte Byte LP 1 List Parameter continued Parameter The Parameter Length field is set to the length of the log parameter minus three Length Protocol A value of 6h indicates that this log page applies to an SAS 1 1 port see the Serial Identifier Attached SCSI 1 1 SAS 1 1 standard for specific SAS information Number of The Number of Phys is set to 1h Phys SAS Phy Log See figure 39 Descriptor Figure 39 SAS Phy Log Figure 39 shows the SAS phy log descriptor Descriptor Byte ai 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Reserved 1 Phy Indentifier 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Reserved Attached Device Type Reserved 5 Reserved Negotiated Physical Link Rate 6 Reserved Attached SSP Attached STP Attached SMP R seryed Initiator Port Initiator Port Initiator Port 7 Reserved Attached SSP Attached STP Attached SMP Reserved Target Port Target Port Target Port 8 15 SAS Address 16 23 Attached SAS Address DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 81 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Bit Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 24 Attached Phy Identifier 25 31 Reserved MSB 32 35 Invalid Dword Count LSB MSB 36 39 Running Disparity Error Count LSB MSB 40 43 Loss of Dword Synchronization LSB MSB 44 47 Phy Reset Problem LSB Table 51 SAS Phy Log Descriptor Field Descriptions Field D
121. E command directs the DLT S4 tape drive to transfer detailed Sense Data to the initiator Figure 158 REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 03h 1 Reserved DESC 2 3 Reserved 4 Allocation Length 5 Control Table 171 REQUEST SENSE Fi er iel Description Command Data Field eld escriptio Descriptions DESC Descriptor Indicates which sense data format the drive returns The drive does not support descriptor format sense data Must be set to 0 indicating that the drive returns fixed format sense data Allocation Specifies the maximum number of Sense Data Length bytes to be returned The drive terminates the transfer when it has transferred this number of bytes or all available Sense Data to the host whichever is less DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 305 Figure 159 REQUEST SENSE Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h The Sense Data are valid for a CHECK CONDITION or RESERVATION CONFLICT status returned on the previous command The drive preserves the Sense Data bytes until it is passed to the host as autosense data it is retrieved by a REQUEST SENSE command or until the receipt of any other command from the same initiator though some commands such as INQUIRY do not change Sense Data If the drive receives an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE it returns Sense Data with the appropriate values in the End
122. EGISTER AND MOVE Service Action Parameters ccccccessesseeseeneseneeeeees 229 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command 1Eh 232 READ Command 08h oo ieee csesseececssseeseeesescseeseecsesesecenassesssesaesenseeseeases 233 Filemark and End of Data Handling eee eesesseeseeeneeseneees 235 End of Medium Partition Handling eee eeeeeene tenets 235 READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch 0 eee seseescsesesesesneseeeseseeeenens 236 Error Summary for the READ ATTRIBUTE Command 237 READ ATTRIBUTE Service Action Codes ceeeseeeeeseeeesneeas 238 ATTRIBUTE VALUES Service Action ccceeccseeeceteeenseeeees 238 ATTRIBUTE LIST Service Action ececceceseessseeseseeseeeeeeeees 239 VOLUME LIST Service Action ceeeeseeseeeeeseseesseseenseeeeseeees 241 PARTITION LIST Service Action ccccccesescseesseesesssseeseneees 242 Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM Attributes 243 Attribute Formate aren area esaa a e eaa Ea i st 243 Attribute Identifier Values ss ssssssssesssssissiesrsseessesrerresrseesrereesee 245 Standard Host Type Attributes 0 ccc eee eceseseecscseseseeeeees 258 Support for Host Vendor Unique Attributes 0 0 eee 260 Unique Features of the DLT S4 Tape Drive Implementation of Read Write Attributes ccc ccccsesesecsecseseeseeseesceeceseneeeeeneeseenees 260 vi DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Contents A Comparison of MAM and EMAM ue eeeeeeeneeseecneeeeseea
123. ENTIFIER commands return an Identifier length of 0 The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list contains the identifier to be set by the drive Figure 165 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List Data Format Bit ae Identifier Table 184 SET DEVICE 5 IDENTIFIER Parameter List Piela Description meee even Identifier The Identifier field is a vendor specific value This value is returned by all subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands until replaced by another valid SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 328 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SET TIMESTAMP Command A4h 0Fh SET TIMESTAMP Command A4h 0Fh The SET TIMESTAMP command see figure 166 requests the DLT S4 tape drive to initialize the timestamp Figure 166 SET TIMESTAMP Command Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code A4h 1 Reserved Service Action OFh 2 5 Reserved 6 9 Parameter List Length LSB 10 Reserved 11 Control SEE EE See Table 185 SET TIMESTAMP Field Description Command Field Descriptions Service Action A service action of OFh identifies this as the SET TIMESTAMP command Parameter List Length The PARAMETER LIST LENGTH field specifies the length in bytes of the SET TIMESTAMP parameters that is transferred from the application client to the device server A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data is transferred and that n
124. ES Command A3h 0Ch REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command A3h 0Ch The REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES command requests information on commands the DLT S4 tape drive supports An application client may request a list of all operation codes and service actions the drive supports or the command support data for a specific command Figure 150 REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code A3h 1 Reserved Service Action OCh 2 Reserved Reporting Options 3 Requested Operation Code MSB 4 5 Requested Service Action LSB MSB 6 9 Allocation Length LSB 10 Reserved 11 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 295 Table 163 REPORT Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command A3h 0Ch SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description Service Action A service action of 0Ch identifies this as the REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES command Reporting Options Specifies the type of information to be returned in the parameter data All values other than those listed are reserved Value Description 000b The drive returns a list of all supported operation codes and service actions in the all_commands parameter data format The drive ignores any values in the Requested Operation Code and Requested Service Action fields see All_ comma
125. F SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 02h identifies this as the Disconnect Reconnect Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Buffer Full Ratio Must be set to 0 Buffer Empty Ratio Must be set to 0 Bus Inactivity Limit Must be set to 0 Disconnect Time Limit Must be set to 0 Connect Time Limit Must be set to 0 Maximum Burst Size Indicates the maximum amount of data that will be transferred without disconnecting in units of 512 bytes The default value is 80h for 64 KBytes A value of 0 indicates there is no limit to the amount of data that may be transferred without disconnecting EMDP Enable Modify Data Pointers Must be set to 0 Fair Arbitration Must be set to 0 DIMM Disconnect Immediate Must be set to 0 DTDC Data Transfer Disconnect Control Must be set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 108 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 59 Fibre Channel Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 02h 1 Page Length OEh 2 B
126. Format Minor Version Number 9 Firmware Personality 10 Firmware Subpersonality 11 Vendor Specific Subtype 12 Controller Hardware Version Number 13 Tape Drive EEPROM Version Number 14 Tape Drive Hardware Version Number 15 Media Loader Firmware Version Number 16 Media Loader Hardware Version Number 17 Media Loader Mechanical Version Number 18 Media Loader Present Flag 19 Library Present Flag 20 23 Module Revision 24 43 Unit Serial Number DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 52 Table 29 Subsystem Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Components Revision Page Field Descriptions Field Description Product Family Indicates the data density of the tape drive This field is set to a value of Dh Released Differentiates between released and test versions of firmware When set to 1 Firmware indicates released code Vxxx when set to 0 indicates field test code Txxx Released code has no minor firmware version number byte 38 is set to 0 For tracking purposes field test and engineering versions of code have non zero minor firmware version numbers Version Number Fields These fields display the various version numbers in binary format instead of ASCII Firmware Numeric indicator of firmware personality Note that when set to 4 indicates OEM Personality family Firmware Indicates the variant of the firmware personality Always set to 1 indicating the Subpersonality primar
127. LEGAL 05h OEh 03h Invalid Field in Command Information Unit REQUEST 1Ah 00h Parameter List Length Error 20h 00h Illegal OpCode 20h 81h Illegal Command While In Recovery Mode 24h 00h Invalid CDB Field May occur if odd block counts are attempted in fixed mode 24h 82h Media in Drive 24h 83h Command Queue Not Empty 24h 84h Insufficient Resources 24h 86h Invalid Offset 24h 87h Invalid Size 24h 89h Write Buffer Overrun 24h 8Ch Not Immediate Command 25h 00h Illegal LUN 26h 00h Parameter List Error Invalid Field 26h olh Parameter List Error Parameter Not Supported 26h 02h Parameter List Error Parameter Value Invalid 26h 04h Invalid Release of Persistent Reservation 26h 88h Out of Sequence Image Data 26h 89h Image Data Over Limit 26h 8Ah Update in Progress 26h 8Bh Image Personality is Bad 26h 8Dh Bad Drive Server Image EDC 26h 8Eh Invalid Personality for Code Update CUP 26h 8Fh Bad Controller Image EDC 26h 90h CUP File Header Failed Validation 26h 91h Bad Loader Image EDC 26h 92h CUP Failed Unsupported Code Rev 26h 93h CUP With Different Product Code Image 2Ch 00h Command sequence error DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 314 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Sense Text Name Key ASC ASCQ Description ILLEGAL 05h 2Ch BOh Not Reserved a command that respects reservation was REQUEST re
128. LID FIELD IN CDB If the medium auxiliary memory has failed the drive terminates the READ ATTRIBUTE command with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to MEDIUM ERROR and the Additional Sense Code is set to AUXILIARY MEMORY READ ERROR The service actions defined for the READ ATTRIBUTE command are listed in table 131 Codes Code Name Description Refer to 00h ATTRIBUTE VALUES Returns attribute values page 238 olh ATTRIBUTE LIST Returns a list of available attribute identifiers page 239 02h VOLUME LIST Returns a list of known volume numbers page 240 03h PARTITION LIST Returns a list of known partition numbers page 241 04h Restricted 05h 1Fh Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Note The format of the parameter data the READ ATTRIBUTE command returns depends on the service action the command specified ATTRIBUTE VALUES Service Action The READ ATTRIBUTE E command with the ATTRIBUTE VALUES service action returns parameter data containing the attributes specified by the Partition Number Volume Number and First Attribute Identifier fields in the CDB 238 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch The returned parameter data contains the requested attributes in ascending numerical order by attribute identifier value using the format shown in figure 119 Figure 119 READ ATTRIBUTE with ATTRIBUTE VALUES Service Action Parameter List Format
129. LT S4 Interface Reference Guide 151 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Parameter Data Type Default Length Bytes Usage EnaCleanLight Binary 1 When set to 1 the Cleaning Required LED is turned on and off as appropriate When set to 0 this functionality is disabled EnaCleanSense Binary When set to 1 the drive collects cleaning Sense Key data When set to 0 this functionality is disabled EnaCleanTA Binary When set to 1 the drive returns tape cleaning flags for TapeAlert When set to 0 this functionality is disabled EnaGranularity Binary Enables the Granularity field in the READ BLOCK LIMITS command EnaRepDecomp Binary If set and the drive is in Read mode the decompression algorithm field in Data Compression mode is reset if the drive decompressed the last block the host requested otherwise the drive clears the Decompression Algorithm field in Data Compression mode EnaSCSIUnlonPMR Binary When set to 1 enables a SCSI UNLOAD when a previous PREVENT MEDIUM REMOVAL command is in effect EnaPeriodicClean Binary When set to 1 periodic cleaning of the read write heads is enabled When set to 0 this functionality is disabled EnaThirdPtyDens Binary When set to 1 makes non DLT density codes act as the default density same as density code 0 ForceComp Binary Ob Automatic 1b Force
130. LUNS Allocation Supported LUNs List REPORT SUPPORTED Allocation Depends on Parameter Value OPERATION CODES REPORT SUPPORTED TASK Allocation List of the Various Task MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Management Functions Supported Unsupported REPORT TIMESTAMP Allocation REQUEST SENSE Allocation Sense Data REWIND 0 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Diagnostic Page SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List Device ID SET TIMESTAMP Parameter List Timestamp SPACE 0 TEST UNIT READY 0 see a VERIFY 0 WRITE Transfer Data WRITE BUFFER Parameter List Microcode Image Data or Test Data WRITE FILEMARKS DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 28 Behavior at Power On DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing Depending on the interface the DLT 54 tape drive s behavior at power on consists of the following Parallel SCSI The drive s SCSI lines are set to high impedance The design of the drive prevents it from generating any spurious signals on the SCSI bus during power on Following power on self test POST and self initialization the tape drive responds to SCSI bus selections and returns appropriate normal responses The drive responds to tape motion commands with CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to NOT READY until the tape medium is ready The drive rewinds the tape to Beginnin
131. MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 10h identifies this as the Device Configuration Page Page Length Indicates the number bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT CAF Change Active Format Must be set to 0 Active Format Must be set to 0 Active Partition The drive only supports partition 0 Write Buffer Full The drive sets this field to 0 The drive uses an automatic adaptive mechanism Ratio to adjust its Write Buffer Full Ratio according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus Read Buffer Empty The drive sets this field to 0 The drive uses an automatic adaptive mechanism Ratio to adjust its Read Buffer Empty Ratio according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus Write Delay Time Indicates the maximum time in 100 ms increments that the drive waits with a partially full buffer before forcing the data to tape The buffer Full Empty ratio which is dynamic can cause data to be written sooner than the Write Delay Time would indicate The Write Delay Time defaults to 100 64h This causes the drive
132. NDITION sense data that describes the reason for the CHECK CONDITION is generated If the interface supports autosense then the drive automatically returns the sense data with the status for the command that ended with a CHECK CONDITION If the interface does not support autosense then the host issues a REQUEST SENSE command to find out what the sense data is The sense data that is returned automatically would still have the same format as the sense data that is returned by the REQUEST SENSE command 25 Unit Attention Condition Data In Out Command Components Table 12 Units for Lengths Fields DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on the DLT S4 tape drive and are maintained separately for each valid LUN for each initiator Unit Attentions are created in each of the following circumstances e At power on e When the medium may have changed asynchronously e When another initiator changes the Mode parameters e When a firmware microcode update has completed e Following a TARGET RESET or LOGICAL UNIT RESET task management function For Parallel SCSI Only Change of SCSI bus transceivers SE or LVD e For Parallel SCSI Only SCSI Bus Reset e For Fibre Channel Only Port logout or implicit logout e For Serial Attached SCSI only Link reset sequence with hard reset Up to three Unit Attention
133. NIT ATTENTION conditions POWER UP RESET and OPERATING CODE HAS CHANGED Caution If any type of power failure occurs during the actual reprogramming of the FLASH EEPROM or if the reprogramming fails before completion the drive subsystem becomes unusable and the drive must be serviced In this mode the drive transfers data from the application client and stores it in an Echo Buffer The drive ignores the Buffer ID and Buffer Offset fields in this mode Once a WRITE BUFFER command completes successfully the data is preserved in the Echo Buffer unless there is an intervening command to write to the Echo Buffer or unless the drive is reset by any means 343 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE FILEMARKS Command 10h WRITE FILEMARKS Command 10h The WRITE FILEMARKS command directs the tape drive to write the specified number of Filemarks onto the tape beginning at the current logical position If the Immed bit is not set to 1 the drive writes any data or Filemarks in the WRITE cache buffer to tape Figure 173 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 10h 1 Reserved WSMK 0 Immed 2 4 Transfer Length LSB 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 344 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE FILEMARKS Command 10h Table 195 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Field Descriptions Field Description WSMK Write Setmark Must be set
134. NS REESS Supported Pages LOG SENSE Page Data Format Read Write Error LOG SENSE Pages Header Formateo nienean tare e terar aae aa ei Log Parameters Format for Read Write Error LOGSENSE Pagenda e e a EEE Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page Command Descriptor Block Data Format seseseeeeeeersrrrrerrerrress Log Parameters Format for Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page nnii ainnir iemetis Sequential Access Device LOG SENSE Page Block Header Formats cnc 5 c5cscsivetsivtets aetthcestenstascavtesevds dtecuoany gt Sovettoctte Log Parameters Format for Sequential Access Device LOG SENSE Pas 6 xcitsicccunsniiuseuniernateautenvannmuasewmnanserreanets Temperature LOG SENSE Page Header Format Log Parameters Format for Temperature Page 008 SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page s SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page Parameter BOnMatoetccsteth hes shea sed Meg se se inset E eis eae DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Figure 39 Figure 40 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 SAS Phy Log Descriptor s sssssssssssisriesrsiesresresrisresresrenresreses 81 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Page Header Format 84 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Page Parameters Format 84 Device Wellness LOG
135. ODE SELECT Page Field D scripti nssi onori nii sione ieii 127 Fibre Channel Port Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptio S eree e EET 128 SAS Port Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions oseink iirin EEE En aN Eina 130 SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage Field Descriptions enota n re ea a ae 131 SAS Phy Mode Descriptor Field Descriptions 133 Parallel SCSI SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Field Descriptions ss sssssssssssissesresrresieresrrsrees 136 Parallel SCSI SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Field Descriptions eee 138 TapeAlert MODE SELECT Page Field DOSCHIP HONS onra RR N N S 140 Medium Configuration Mode Page Field Descriptions ennen hinnie oendsssbeonnaes 143 Data Security Mode Page Field Descriptions 145 EEPROM Mode Page Parameter Descriptions 151 Changeable Mode Parameters Within MODE SELECT 156 MODE SENSE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptor Erena a NA EAE a dies 159 MODE SENSE Data Header Field Descriptions 161 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor Field Descriptions 162 Supported MODE SENSE Block Pages and Page Codes 163 Read Write Error Recovery MODE SENSE Page Field DescriptiOns seaisscsissscdeiesessestseesscstelenevtisesteavascsveseanse 164 Parallel SCSI Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptio
136. OG SENSE Command 4Dh LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 27 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block Data Format The LOG SENSE command allows the host to retrieve statistical information the tape drive maintains about its own hardware parameters or about the installed tape medium This command complements the LOG SELECT command Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 4Dh 1 Reserved PPC SP 0 2 PC Page Code 3 4 Reserved MSB 5 6 Parameter Pointer LSB MSB 7 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 66 Table 39 LOG SENSE Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description PPC Parameter Pointer Control When set to 0 indicates that the parameter data requested from the drive starts with the parameter code specified in the Parameter Pointer field bytes 5 6 and returns the number of bytes specified in the Allocation Length field bytes 7 8 in ascending order of parameter codes from the specified log page When set to 1 the drive returns only the parameters that have changed since the last time the page was read SP Save Parameters Must be set to 0 PC Page Control This field defines the type of parameter values to be returned Code Type of Parameter Values 00b Threshold Values olb Cumulative Values 10b Default Threshold Values
137. Out Buffer A Parameter List Length of 0 indicates that no parameter data is present this is not considered an error The parameter list has the format shown in figure 171 Bit 0 3 Parameter Data Length n 3 LSB Attributes Attribute First Attribute 4 x 3 Length x n y 1 Attribute Last Attribute if more than 1 a Length y DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 338 Table 193 WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command Parameter Data Field Descriptions Error Summary for the WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command 8Dh Field Description Parameter Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding Data Length the 4 bytes that make up the header Attribute Contains 1 an attribute header and 2 data Each attribute must be formatted as described in Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM Attributes on page 242 If there is not enough space to write the attributes to the medium auxiliary memory no attributes are changed and the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code is set to AUXILIARY MEMORY OUT OF SPACE If the medium auxiliary memory is not accessible because no medium is present no attributes are changed and the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to NOT
138. PL Read Port List 60h FAN Fabric Address Notification 78h RNID Request Node Identification Data Table 7 lists the ELS Loop Initialization commands the drive supports The drive is capable of being a loop initialization master see the FC AL 2 specification 19 Table 7 Supported Extended Link Service Loop Initialization Commands FC 4 Link Service Commands Table 8 Supported FC 4 Link Service Commands Unsolicited Control Name Server Requests S S Se Table 9 Supported Name Server Requests DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Fibre Channel Loop Initialization Identifier Abbreviation Description 1101h LISM Select Loop Master Based on 8 Byte Port Name 1102h LIFA Fabric Assigned AL_PA Bit Map 1103h LIPA Previously Acquired AL_PA Bit Map 1104h LIHA Hard Assigned AL_PA Bit Map 1105h LISA Soft Assigned AL_PA Bit Map 1106h LIRP Report AL_PA Position Map 1107h LILP Loop AL_PA Position Map Table 8 lists the FC 4 Link Service commands the drive supports see the FC FS and FCP 2 specifications FC 4 Command Abbreviation Description 13h REC Read Exchange Concise 14h SRR Sequence Retransmission Request Table 9 lists the Name Server Requests the drive supports see the FC GS Name Server Request Abbreviation Description 0217h RFT_ID Register FC 4 Types 021Fh RFF_ID R
139. Page 1Dh considerations the device server uses when processing commands that access the medium Figure 105 Medium Configuration Mode Page Page Code 1Dh 1 Page Length 1Eh 2 Reserved WORMM 3 Reserved WORM Mode Label Restrictions 00h WORM Mode Filemark Restrictions 03h Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 199 Table 111 Medium Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Configuration Mode Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 1Dh identifies this as the Medium Configuration Mode Page Page Length Indicates the number bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 WORMM The WORM mode WORM bit is set to one when the device server is operating in WORM mode The WORMNM bit is set to zero the current medium is not a WORM medium This bit is not changeable with a MODE SELECT command WORM MODE The field specifies the restrictions against overwriting format labels when operating LABEL in WORM mode A series of filemarks with no interleaved logical blocks immediately RESTRICTIONS preceding EOD is treated as a filemark sequence and is controlled by the WORM MODE FILEMARKS RESTRICTIONS field Th
140. Parameter Data Field DeSeriptlons snas ea eein arin E iis 339 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions sessssessecssessesensneensscnesssnsersesenseesneses 342 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Field Descriptions 345 xxviii ND G P Preface This document describes the Parallel SCSI Fibre Channel and Serial Attached SCSI SAS interfaces for the DLT S4 tape drive Audience This document was written for software engineers developing application software and hierarchical mass storage software for DLT S4 tape drives It has been designed for use by software engineers who have a basic understanding of SCSI principles and technology Purpose This document provides information about e Parallel SCSI Fibre Channel and SAS transport layer information e Task Management by Transport Layer e All supported SCSI commands DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Xxix Document Organization Notational Conventions DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Preface This document is organized as follows Chapter 1 Introduction provides an overview of Parallel SCSI Fibre Channel and SAS Chapter 2 Task Management introduces task management by function Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details explains the details of the transport layer as it relates to the functioning of the DLT S4 tape drive Chapter 4 SCSI Commands provides Parallel SCSI Fibre Channel and SAS interface
141. Partitions Defined Specifies the number of additional partitions defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional Partitions field Always set to 0 The drive supports only one partition FDP Fixed Data Partitions Always set to 0 SDP Select Data Partitions Always set to 0 IDP Initiator Defined Patrons Always set to 0 PSUM Partition Size Unit of Measure Always set to 0 POFM Partition on Format Always set to 0 Clear Always set to 0 ADDP Additional Defined Data Partitions Always set to 0 Medium Format Recognition Set to 01h indicating that the drive supports automatic format recognition Partition Units Always set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 180 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Logical Unit Control Page This page contains the logical unit control parameters For Parallel SCSI 18h see figure 93 for Fibre Channel see figure 94 and for SAS see figure 95 Figure 93 Parallel SCSI Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Data Format Page Code 18h Page Length 06h Reserved Protocol Identifier 1h Reserved Table 101 Parallel SCSI Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0
142. Protect Always set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 172 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description Autoload Mode Indicates the action the drive is to take when tape medium is loaded All values not listed below are reserved Value Description 000b The medium is loaded for full access 001b The medium is loaded for Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM access only 010b The medium is not loaded Busy Timeout Period Specifies the maximum time in 100 msec increments that the initiator allows the drive to remain busy for unanticipated conditions that are not a routine part of commands from the initiator A value of 0000h is undefined A value of FFFFh specifies an unlimited busy timeout period Extended Self test Completion Time The drive does not support extended self test Always set to 030Ch Data Compression Page The Data Compression Page specifies parameters that control data OFh compression Figure 90 Data Compression MODE SENSE Page Data Format Bit Byte 6 4 3 2 1 0 0 SPF 0 Page Code OFh 1 Page Length OEh 2 DCC 1 Reserved 3 RED 0 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 173 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah at Compression Algorithm 10h LSB MSB 8 11 Decompression Algorithm LSB 12
143. Quantum e ee 08 Interface Reference Guide Interface Reference Guide Interface Reference Guide DLT S4 Tape Drive 81 81281 04 A01 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 81 81281 04 A01 January 2008 Made in USA Quantum Corporation provides this publication as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose Quantum Corporation may revise this publication from time to time without notice COPYRIGHT STATEMENT Copyright 2007 by Quantum Corporation All rights reserved Your right to copy this document is limited by copyright law Making copies or adaptations without prior written authorization of Quantum Corporation is prohibited by law and constitutes a punishable violation of the law TRADEMARK STATEMENT Quantum the Quantum logo DLT DLTtape and DLTtape logo are registered trademarks of Quantum Corporation in the U S and other countries The DLT logo DLTSage and StorageCare trademarks of Quantum Corporation LTO and Ultrium are trademarks of HP IBM and Quantum in the U S and other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective companies P Contents E Preface xxviii Chapter 1 Introduction 1 Background Information About SCS1 ss s sessesessesseesierrsresnessreresrrsrsesresreses 1 Parallel SCSI Characteristics sesoisrireriiiriroriristi riores sisri nkr nior
144. READY and the Additional Sense Code is set to MEDIUM NOT PRESENT If the medium is present but the medium auxiliary memory is not accessible no attributes are changed and the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to NOT READY and the Additional Sense Code is set to LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY MAM NOT AVAILABLE If the combination of volume number and partition number is not valid the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB If the medium auxiliary memory has failed as a result of for example a bad checksum the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to MEDIUM ERROR and the Additional Sense Code is set to AUXILIARY MEMORY WRITE ERROR If the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command parameter data contains an attribute with an Attribute Length field see Attribute Format on page 242 set to 0 one of the following actions occurs e Ifthe attribute is Read Only no attributes are changed and the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST 339 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command 8Dh e If the attribute is Read Write the attribute is deleted The attribute is not returned in response to a READ ATTRIBU
145. REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command with a Medium Type bit set to zero returns a header followed by one or more density support data blocks The data blocks are presented in ascending numerical order of the primary density code value Figure 144 and table 158 provide information about the Density Support Descriptor Figure 144 DENSITY SUPPORT Descriptor Data Format Primary Density Code Secondary Density Code WrtOk DUP Deflt Reserved Reserved Bits Per MM Media Width DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 284 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 10 11 Tracks LSB MSB 12 15 Capacity LSB MSB 16 23 Assigning Organization LSB MSB 24 31 Density Name LSB MSB 32 51 Description LSB Table 158 DENSITY SUPPORT Descriptor Field Descriptions Field Description Primary Density Contains the value returned by a MODE SENSE command for the density Code described in the remainder of the Density Support Data Block Descriptor Secondary Density When multiple density code values are assigned to the same recording Code technology this field lists the equivalent density code value If no secondary density code exists the drive returns the primary device code value in this field WrtOK Write OK When set to 0 indicates that the drive does not support writing to the media at thi
146. Reserved 8 Maximum REQ ACK Offset 9 Maximum Transfer Width Exponent DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 137 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 10 Protocol Options Bits Supported 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved Table 83 Parallel SCSI SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 1 Indicates that this page uses the page_1 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the Port Control Page Subpage Code The SUBPAGE CODE field indicates which mode subpage is being accessed Mode subpage code values are listed in SPI 5 If the parameter data of a MODE SELECT command contains a mode subpage formatted mode page with the SUBPAGE CODE field is set to zero the SCSI target device returns a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key sets to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Protocol Identifier A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to a SPI 5 compliant
147. SAS Port Control MODE SELECT Page Data POEM At A SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage Data Formats issir nner se eens nisor eii inanes SAS Phy Mode Descriptor ss ssesssessesiesessssiesiesesrestereesresress Parallel SCSI SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Data Format ss ssssssssseseeseesesireeressresiereenesrress Parallel SCSI SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Data Format ss ssssssssserieseereesiereeresresrereenrnress TapeAlert MODE SELECT Page Data Format Medium Configuration Mode Page s sssessesissiessesresreseese Data Security Mode Page Data Format EEPROM Mode Page Data Format ccccceeeeeeeeenees EEPROM Mode Vendor ID Example Data Format xii DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Figure 80 MODE SENSE 6 Command Descriptor Block Data Formater Sect deer ta ciiav iti vinta ET Figure 81 MODE SENSE 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Formats r haen sie dices t eroaan a Eisi Figure82 MODE SENSE 6 Data Header Data Format Figure 83 MODE SENSE 10 Data Header Data Format Figure 84 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor Data Format Figure 85 Read Write Error Recovery MODE SENSE Page Data Format cccccccceccssseesesseseteseecesesesessenseseseseeseseseseeneneness Figure 86 Parallel SCSI Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Data Fo
148. SB 10 Reserved 11 Control Teale ie BE ORT Field Description TIMESTAMP Command Field Descriptions Service Action A service action of OFh identifies this as the REPORT TIMESTAMP command Allocation Length Specifies the number of bytes allocated for the returned parameter data The Allocation Length value should be at least 12 bytes DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 303 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT TIMESTAMP Command A3h 0Fh The format of the parameter data is shown in figure 157 Figure 157 REPORT TIMESTAMP Command Parameter Data Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 1 Timestamp Parameter Data Length 0Ah LSB 2 Reserved Timestamp Origin 3 Reserved 4 9 Timestamp 10 Reserved 11 Reserved Table 170 REPORT ar TIMESTAMP Command Piela Description Parameter Data Field Timestamp The TIMESTAMP PARAMETER DATA LENGTH Descriptions Parameter Data field indicates the number of bytes of parameter Length data that follow Timestamp The TIMESTAMP ORIGIN field indicates the Origin origin of the timestamp The TIMESTAMP ORIGIN field supports either a value of 0 or 2 depending on whether a SET TIMESTAMP command has been processed Timestamp The TIMESTAMP field contains the current value of the timestamp DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 304 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h REQUEST SENSE Command 03h The REQUEST SENS
149. SENSE Header Field Field Description Desciptions Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header pe ee ee eee Figure 41 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Page Parameters Format Bit 0 1 Parameter Code LSB 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP 3 Parameter Length 1 4 n Value of TapeAlert Flag Flag is set when bit 0 is set to 1 bits 1 7 are reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 84 Table 53 TapeAlert Page LOG SENSE Parameters Field Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Descriptions Field Description Parameter Code Contains the Flag code see table 54 for the supported flags level of severity and the flag definitions Parameter Always set to 1 Length Value of If bit 0 is set to 1 indicates that TapeAlert has sensed a problem see table 54 for the TapeAlert Flag supported flags and their definitions If bit 0 is set to 0 indicates that TapeAlert did not sense a problem and therefore did not set the flag Table 54 TapeAlert Flags Severity Levels and Meanings Field Descriptions Security Flag Level Description 1 Read Warning W The tape drive is having problems reading data No data has been lost but there has been a reduction in the performance of the tape 2 Write War
150. SISTENT RESERVE OUT Command Descriptor Block Data Format ccccccccccccesecsssesssecsssessscsesecsssesssceeees PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command Field D ScripHONns 22 Neti tiis id Ae ith aes PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command s Service Action DESCTIPHONS isssscsssevssseecssteassseasssvsastecbssesssiosssaveassostiaess PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Type Codes 0 ecco PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Parameter List Field Descriptions asinante nnana aiai DLT S4 Tape Drive Interpretation of Service and SCOPE V AUC sesh cots seas sutccatecunie E E TE PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command with REGISTER AND MOVE Service Action Parameter List Field Descriptions 00 0 0 eee eeseeeeecseeeeneeeeseneneeees PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions 0 cee READ Command Descriptor Block Field DOSCIHIPHONS eenei aiea aai Ea aE E a dues READ ATTRIBUTE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptio S seenen E E xxiv DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 131 Table 132 Table 133 Table 134 Table 135 Table 136 Table 137 Table 138 Table 139 Table 140 Table 141 Table 142 Table 143 Table 144 Table 145 Table 146 Table 147 Table 148 Table 149 Tables READ ATTRIBUTE Command Service Action Codes 238 READ ATTRIBUTE with ATTRIBUTE VALUES Service Action Parameter Field Descriptions 239 READ ATTRIBUTE with ATTRIBUTE LIST Se
151. STENT RESERVATION IN and PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands or are defined in SPC 2 as Conflict in the presence of reservations An OIR bit set to zero specifies the device server will process commands as specified in SPC 3 Rewind on Reset Rewind the tape on a logical unit reset operation Must be set to 1 AsocWP Associated Write Protection Must be set to 0 PersWP Persistent Write Protection Must be set to 0 PrmWP Permanent Write Protection Must be set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 121 Medium Partition Page 11h Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h The drive supports the Medium Partition Parameters Page which specifies the medium partitions Figure 64 Medium Partition MODE SELECT Page Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 11h 1 Page Length 06h 2 Maximum Additional Partitions 0 3 Additional Partitions Defined 0 4 FDP 0 SDP 0 IDP 0 PSUM 0 POEM 0 Clear 0 ADDP 0 5 Medium Format Recognition 01 6 Reserved Partition Units 0 7 Reserved Table 73 Medium Partition MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A
152. See figure 110 and table 116 for information about Read action requests that the drive Reservation parameter data See REPORT return a parameter list that CAPABILITIES Service Action on page 216 contains a header and a complete list of all persistent reservations presently active in the drive Allocation This field indicates how much space is reserved for the returned parameter list Read Length Keys or Read Reservation parameters The actual length of the parameter data is indicated in the parameter data field for those parameters If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the entire list of parameters the drive returns a truncated list If the remainder of the list is required the host must send a new PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with an Allocation Length field value large enough to contain the entire list of parameters READ KEYS Service Figure 109 and table 115 illustrate and describe the data fields of Read Action Key data parameters DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 210 Figure 109 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read Keys Parameters Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 0 3 PRGeneration LSB MSB 47 Additional Length n 7 LSB Reservation Key List Follows in Bytes 8 n MSB 8 15 First Reservation Key LSB MSB n 7 n Last Reservation Key LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 211 Table 115 Read Keys
153. Supported Extended Link Service Commands ee 19 Supported Extended Link Service Loop Initialization Command Seinen aii naieea E ES 20 Supported FC 4 Link Service Commands s ssssessesessseeeeseeereee 20 Supported Name Server Requests ceceesesesseseeereseeeeeeeees 20 SCSI Commands Supported by DLT S4 Tape Drives 23 Status COdeS i icici tinea E E EE E ES 25 Units for Lengths Fields csccassesssscosssonssssvesseascsevesspoeoentssnvees 26 Command Contents eiir aan 27 Fields Common to Many SCSI Command 31 ERASE Command Descriptor Block Field Descrip HONS erisin nan ieee N EE E A E ence es 33 xviii DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 16 Table 17 Table 18 Table 19 Table 20 Table 21 Table 22 Table 23 Table 24 Table 25 Table 26 Table 27 Table 28 Table 29 Table 30 Table 31 Table 32 Table 33 Table 34 Table 35 Table 36 Table 37 Tables INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions essensen e 35 Standard INQUIRY Data Page Field Descriptions 36 INQUIRY Command Variance by Protocol eee 38 Vendor Specific Inquiry Data Page Field Descriptlons anse K anier aati in atin in ial nnete de 40 Unit Serial Number Page Field Descriptions 42 Device Identification Page Field Descriptions 43 Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier Field Descriptions wij viii nrn a E NEN a 45 Logical Unit N
154. T S4 Interface Reference Guide 183 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Port Control Page 19h This page contains the parameters that affect SCSI target port operation options For Parallel SCSI see figure 96 for Fibre Channel see figure 97 and for SAS see figure 98 Figure 96 Parallel SCSI Port Control MODE SENSE Page Data Format 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 19h 1 Page Length 2 Reserved Protocol Identifier 1h 3 Reserved MSB 4 5 Synchronous Transfer Timeout LSB 6 7 Reserved Table 104 Parallel SCSI Port Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the Port Control page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Protocol A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to an SPI 5 compliant port see the Identifier SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard Synchronous Indicates the amount of time in 1 msec increments that the drive waits for an ACK Transfer during data transfers before performing an unexpected BUS FREE operation Timeout DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 184 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Com
155. T command with a MEDIUM TYPE field bit set to one returns the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT header see figure 142 followed by one or more medium type descriptors see figure 145 The medium type descriptors is in numerical ascending order of the medium type value Bit 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Medium Type 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Descriptor Length 52 LSB 4 Numter of Density Codes MSB 5 13 Primary Density Codes LSB MSB 14 15 Media Width LSB MSB 16 17 Medium Length LSB 18 Reserved 19 Reserved MSB 20 27 Assigning Organization LSB MSB 28 35 Medium Type Name LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 287 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h Bit Description LSB EES Table 159 Medium Type Descriptor Field Descriptions Field Description Medium Type The MEDIUM TYPE field contains the value returned by a MODE SENSE command in the Medium Type field in the Mode Parameter Header for the medium type described in the remainder of the medium type descriptor Descriptor Length The DESCRIPTOR LENGTH field contains the length of the descriptor minus 4 Number of Density The NUMBER OF DENSITY CODES field contains the number of valid density Codes codes present in the PRIMARY DENSITY CODES field Primary Density The PRIMARY DENSITY CODES field contains a list of primary density code values Codes supported by the drive for the med
156. TE command and not reported by the READ ATTRIBUTE command with the ATTRIBUTE LIST service action e If the attribute does not exist the attribute in the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command parameter list is ignored this is not considered an error If either of the following conditions occurs no attributes are changed the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status the Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST e The parameter data attempts to change a read only attribute e The parameter data contains an attribute with incorrect contents in the Attribute Length field see Attribute Format on page 242 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 340 WRITE BUFFER Command 3Bh Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE BUFFER Command 3Bh The WRITE BUFFER command works with the READ BUFFER command as a diagnostic function for testing the device data buffer DMA engine interface hardware and interface network integrity It is also used to download and update microcode firmware Figure 172 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 3Bh 1 Reserved Mode 2 Buffer ID 00h MSB 3 5 Buffer Offset LSB MSB 6 8 Parameter List Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 341 Table 194 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Chapter 4 SCSI Comm
157. The drive preserves information exception data To access the data issue an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command to poll the drive The Sense Key is set to NO SENSE with the Additional Sense Code set to 5Dh 00h TapeAlert event The Additional Sense Code of 5Dh 00h for values 03h and 06h signals that a TapeAlert occurred The drive stores information about the event in the TapeAlert Log page The setting of the MRIE field does not impact logging of events in the TapeAlert Log page Interval Timer Always set to 0 Report Count Test Flag Number Report Count or Test Flag Number Must be set to 0 unless the Test bit is set to 1 in which case this field indicates a test condition to be generated as follows Value Result 0 Do not change the TapeAlert Flag but report an exception condition based on the value in the MRIE field 1to64 Set the TapeAlert flag indicated in the value and generate an exception condition based on the value in the MRIE field 64 to 1 Clear the TapeAlert flag in an equivalent manner to taking corrective action for the flag indicated by the absolute number of the value 32 767 Set all TapeAlert flags and generate an exception condition based on the value in the MRIE field DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 198 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Medium Configuration The Medium Configuration Mode Page specifies any special Mode
158. UM DENSITY CODE attribute The Assigning Organization field is set to Quantum MEDIUM DENSITY CODE Contains the actual density of the tape based on the following rules 1 Ifthe tape has been written this attribute reports the actual density of the data on the medium 2 Ifthe host has selected a valid density with a MODE SELECT command this attribute reports the selected density 3 If neither rule 1 nor 2 is true this field reports the native density that can be written on this tape MEDIUM MANUFACTURE DATE Identifies the date of manufacture of the medium The format is YYYYMMDD that is 4 numeric ASCII characters for the year followed by 2 numeric ASCII characters for the month followed by 2 numeric ASCII characters for the day with no intervening spaces MAM CAPACITY The total capacity of the medium auxiliary memory in bytes at manufacture time It does not indicate the free space of an unused medium auxiliary memory because some of the medium auxiliary memory space may be reserved for device specific use making it inaccessible to the application client MEDIUM TYPE and MEDIUM TYPE INFORMATION Indicates the type of media on which the MAM chip resides At this time Super DLTtape media only supports the Data Medium type DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 257 Table 145 MEDIUM TYPE and MEDIUM TYPE INFORMATION Attributes Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Medium Type Description
159. VE OUT Register or Register and Ignore Existing Key service actions The application client can examine each key for correlation with a set of initiators and SCSI ports READ RESERVATION Service Action Figure 110 and table 116 illustrate and describe the data fields of Read Reservation data parameters Figure 110 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 212 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh Reservation Parameters Data Format Bit MSB 0 3 PRGeneration LSB MSB 4 7 Additional Length n 7 LSB MSB 8 n Reservation Descriptors LSB Table 116 Read Reservation Parameters Field Descriptions Field Description PRGeneration Persistent Reservations Generation The value in this field is a 32 bit counter in the drive that is incremented each time a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command requests a Register Clear Preempt Preempt amp Abort or Register amp Move operation Note that PERSISTENT RESERVE IN commands do not increment the counter nor do PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT commands that perform a Reserve or Release service action or that are not performed due to an error or a reservation conflict The value in the Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power on self test process The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines the value to verify that another application client has not modified
160. WORM This would indicate that the drive can read and write WORM tapes Identifier Length Set to 40 indicating the remainder of the descriptor is 40 byte long Vendor The value in this field is left aligned and set to QUANTUM The remainder of the Identification field is filled with space characters Product This field is set to DLT S4 left aligned and filled with space characters to the end Identification of the field Serial Number The serial number given is the serial number of the module or the drive typically beginning with MX indicating the site of manufacture If the drive serial number is valid it is reported otherwise the module serial number is reported The serial number appears on the bar code label The drive returns the serial number in ASCII format DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 45 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Logical Unit NAA Identifier Figure 13 shows the format of the Logical Unit NAA Identifier Figure 13 Logical Unit NAA Identifier Data Format Byte ai 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Protocol Identifier 0 Code Set 1 1 PIV 0 Reserved Association 0 Identifier Type 3h 2 Reserved 3 Identifier Length 08h MSB 4 11 NAA Identifier binary LSB Table 23 Logical Unit NAA Identifier Field Descriptions Field Description Protocol Identifier Set to 0 Code Set Set to 1h indicating binary da
161. a 4 byte header followed by data bytes The drive terminates the DATA IN phase or FCP_DATA IU when the Allocation Length bytes of header and data have been transferred or when all available data has been transferred to the initiator whichever is less The 4 byte READ BUFFER header is followed by data bytes from the target data buffer Figure 130 illustrates the format of the header Bit 0 Reserved MSB 1 Available Length LSB E Table 149 READ BUFFER Field Description Header Field Description Data Mode 02h DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Available Length Specifies the total number of data bytes available in the target s buffer This number is neither reduced to reflect the allocation length nor to reflect the actual number bytes written using the WRITE BUFFER command Following the READ BUFFER header the drive transfers data from its data buffer In this mode the DATA IN phase or FCP_DATA IU sent to the initiator contains only buffer data This mode can be used to check the diagnostic read buffer to see if an unexpected error has occurred 267 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch Descriptor Mode 03h In this mode the drive returns a maximum of 4 bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information The drive returns the descriptor information for the buffer specified by the Buffer ID In this mode the drive does not reject the invalid Buffer IDs with a CHECK CONDITION status b
162. a Format The PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is a 10 byte command used to obtain information about persistent reservations and registrations active in an DLT S4 tape drive This command works with the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 5Eh 1 Reserved Service Action 2 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Control _S_a_aaSaa a aana aa a E a B A Table 114 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command Field Descriptions Field Description Service The following service action codes are available All other values are reserved Action Code Name Description 00h Read Keys Reads all registered reservation keys DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 209 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh Field Description Olh Read Reservation Reads all current persistent reservations 02h Report Capabilities Returns persistent reservation capability information A Read Keys service action requests that the drive return a parameter list that includes a header and a complete list of all of the reservation keys currently registered with the drive If multiple initiators have See figure 109 and table 115 for information about Read registered with the same key Keys parameter data See REPORT CAPABILITIES the key is listed multiple Service Action on page 216 times once for each registration A Read Reservation service
163. accepted by the drive as non conflicting continue their normal executions A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for all registered initiators for the logical unit The Sense Key is set to UNIT ATTENTION and the Additional Sense Code is set to RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED Applications should not use the Clear service action except during recoveries associated with initiator or system reconfiguration as this may compromise data integrity DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 223 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Code Name Description 04h Preempt A PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with a successful Preempt service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have been registered with the service action Reservation Key specified in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command s parameter list A persistent reservation is also established for the preempting initiator Any commands from any initiator that the drive has accepted as non conflicting continue their normal executions If an initiator sends a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that specifies a Preempt service action and no persistent reservation exists for the initiator identified by the service action Reservation Key it is not an error condition A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the preempted initiators The Sense Key is set to UNIT ATTENTION the Additional Sense Code is set to RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED Commands tha
164. ailed 5Ah 01h Operator Media Removal Request MEDIUM ERROR 03h 00h 00h Medium Error 00h 17h Cleaning Required OCh 00h WRITE Error 11h 00h Unrecovered READ Error 11h 03h Incomplete Block READ 11h 08h Incomplete Block READ Partial Record Found 14h 00h Recorded Entity Not Found Logical DLT block not found 15h 02h Position Error Detected by Read of Medium 30h 02h Incompatible Format 3Bh 00h Sequential Positioning Error 3Bh 08h Repositioning Error 51h 00h ERASE Failure 52h 00h Cartridge Error Calibration Failed 53h 04h Medium Error Media Load or Eject Failed Medium Thread or Unthread Failure Note Operator must press unload button for recovery 81h 00h Directory Write Error 83h 90h DLTWorm Erase Failed 83h 91h DLTWorm Rewind Failed 83h 92h DLTWorm Read Failed 83h 93h DLTWorm Initialization Failed 83h 94h DLTWorm Corrupted HARDWARE 04h 08h 00h LUN Communication Failure ERROR 08h O01h LUN Communication Timeout Failure OBh O1h Over Temperature Condition Error OCh 80h Write SCSI FIFO CRC Error OCh 84h Parity or CRC Error Detected in Compression Engine OCh 85h Parity or CRC Error Detected in Data Formatter DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 312 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Sense Text Name Key ASC ASCQ Description HARDWARE 04h 11h 80h Read SCSI FIFO CRC Error ERROR Ilh 81h Blo
165. all of the identifier the length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation The identifier length is initially set to 0 Only a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command changes the value of the identifier Identifier The value reported is the last value written by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command Only a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command changes the value of the identifier The identifier value persists through resets power cycles media WRITE operations and media replacement 291 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT LUNS Command A0Oh REPORT LUNS Command AOh The REPORT LUNS command requests that the DLT S4 tape drive send the peripheral device logical unit numbers of known logical units to the applications client The command only returns information about the logical units that accept commands Figure 148 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code A0h 1 Reserved 2 Select Report 3 5 Reserved MSB 6 9 Allocation Length LSB 10 Reserved 11 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 292 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT LUNS Command A0Oh Table 162 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description Select Specifies the type of logical unit addresses to be reported All values other than those listed Report are reserved Value Description 00h The logical unit
166. alue field see table 137 Attribute Length Specifies the length in bytes of the Attribute Value field Attribute Value Contains the current READ ATTRIBUTE or desired WRITE ATTRIBUTE value of the attribute 244 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Table 137 EMAM Attribute Formats Format Name Description 00b BINARY The Attribute Value field contains binary data 01b ASCII The Attribute Value field contains only graphic codes that is byte code values 20h through 7Eh and is left aligned placing any unused bytes at the highest offset in the field The field contains 20h the ASCII space character in any unused bytes 10b TEXT The Attribute Value field contains text data 11b Reserved Attribute Identifier Values The values in the Attribute Identifier field see Attribute Format are assigned according to the attribute type and whether the attribute is standard or vendor unique see table 138 Table 138 EMAM Attribute Attribute Identifier Range Assignments Identifiers 0000h 03FFh Attribute Type Device Subtype Standard 0400h 07FFh Medium Standard 0800h OBFFh Host Standard OCOOh OFFFh Device Vendor Unique 1000h 13FFh Medium Vendor Unique 1400h 17FFh Host Vendor Unique 1800h FFFFh Reserved Only parameters with an Attribute Type of Host can be written using t
167. alue in the MRIE field Medium Configuration Mode Page 1Dh Figure 76 Medium Configuration Mode Page The Medium Configuration Mode Page specifies any special considerations the device server uses when processing commands that access the medium Byte Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 SPF 0 Page Code 1Dh 1 Page Length 1Eh 2 Reserved WORMM 3 Reserved 4 WORM Mode Label Restrictions 00h 5 WORM Mode Filemark Restrictions 03h 6 31 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 142 Table 85 Medium Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Configuration Mode Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 1Dh identifies this as the Medium Configuration Mode Page Page Length Indicates the number bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT WORMM The WORM mode WORMM bit is set to one when the device server is operating in WORM mode no medium is mounted or the current medium is not a WORM medium see SSC 3 The WORMM bit is set to zero when the device server is not operating in WORM mode or when th
168. ame received by the drive Reflects the SMP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached SSP Target Port Reflects the SSP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached STP Target Port Attached SMP Target Port Reflects the STP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Reflects the SMP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive SAS Address Indicates the SAS Address of the drive Attached SAS Address Negotiated Physical Link Rate Reflects the SAS Address reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive The value for this field is either 8h or 9h indicating a Physical Link Rate of 1 5 Gbps or 3 0 Gbps Attached Phy Identifier Reflects the Phy Identifier reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Programmed Minimum Physical Link Rate Hardware Minimum Physical Link Rate Always set to 8h indicating the 1 5 Gbps Always set to 8h indicating the 1 5 Gbps Programmed Maximum Physical Link Rate Always set to 9h indicating the 3 0 Gbps Hardware Maximum Physical Link Rate Always set to 9h indicating the 3 0 Gbps DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 191 SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage 19h 03h Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah The SPI Ne
169. ands WRITE BUFFER Command 3Bh Field Description Mode The drive supports the following values in this field Mode Description 00h Write Combined Header and Data 02h Write Data 04h Download Microcode 05h Download Microcode and Save OAh Write Data to Echo Buffer Buffer ID The modes described for the Mode field only support a Buffer ID of 0 except Echo Buffer mode which ignores the Buffer ID field If the Buffer ID field is a value other than 0 the drive rejects the command The drive also detects and rejects commands that would overrun the buffer Buffer Offset This field contains the offset in bytes from the beginning of the buffer Write Combined Header and Data Mode 00h Write Data Mode 02h Download Microcode Mode 04h DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide The data to be transferred is preceded by a 4 byte header consisting entirely of reserved bytes The drive discards this header it is not stored in the buffer The Buffer Offset field must be set to 0 for this mode This mode is similar to Header and Data Mode except that there is no header in the data passed to the drive The drive detects any potential buffer overruns and rejects the WRITE BUFFER command This mode uses this mode to download the firmware image into the drive s buffer A WRITE BUFFER command with a mode of DOWNLOAD MICROCODE does cause the new image to become active A Download Microcode and
170. at Refer to 0400h MEDIUM MANUFACTURER 8 ASCII page 255 0401h MEDIUM SERIAL NUMBER 32 ASCII page 255 0402h MEDIUM LENGTH 4 BINARY page 255 0403h MEDIUM WIDTH 4 BINARY page 256 0404h ASSIGNING ORGANIZATION 8 ASCII page 256 0405h MEDIUM DENSITY CODE 1 BINARY page 256 0406h MEDIUM MANUFACTURE DATE 8 ASCII page 256 0407h MAM CAPACITY 8 BINARY page 256 0408h MEDIUM TYPE and MEDIUM TYPE INFORMATION 1 BINARY page 256 0409h MEDIUM TYPE INFOMATION 2 BINARY page 256 040Ah Reserved O7FFh MEDIUM MANUFACTURER Contains 8 bytes of ASCII data see Attribute Format on page 242 identifying the vendor of the media MEDIUM SERIAL NUMBER Identifies the manufacturer s serial number for the medium MEDIUM LENGTH Specifies the length of the medium in meters A value of 00h specifies that the length of the medium is undefined DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 256 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch MEDIUM WIDTH Specifies the width of the medium supported by this density The value is expressed in units of tenths of millimeters The value in this field is rounded up if the fractional value of the actual value is greater than or equal to 0 5 The Medium Width field may vary for a given density depending on the mounted medium A value of 00h specifies the width of the tape is undefined ASSIGNING ORGANIZATION Identifies the organization responsible for the specifications defining the values in the MEDI
171. at the current tape position This form of WRITE is valid only if the drive is currently operating in fixed block mode as indicated by the Block Size field in the Mode Parameter Block Descriptor see Mode Parameter Block Descriptor on page 104 The current block length is the block length defined in the MODE SELECT command Upon termination the drive logically positions the tape after these blocks Transfer Length Contains the length of the data transfer in bytes or blocks depending on whether fixed or variable block mode is selected When set to 0 no data is transferred and the current position on the drive is not changed Exception Conditions If the drive detects End of Tape EOT while writing it finishes writing any buffered data The command terminates with CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense Data the EOM field is set the Sense Key is set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P DETECTED The drive attempts to complete any subsequent writes returning a CHECK CONDITION status in each case If the drive encounters the physical EOM when attempting a WRITE it returns a CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense Data the EOM and Valid fields are set and the Sense Key field is set to VOLUME OVERFLOW The Information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P DETECTED The dr
172. ating the 3 0 Gbps SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage 19h 03h DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide The SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage shown in figure 73 is used to report the negotiated settings of a SCSI target port for the current I_T nexus for Parallel SCSI only For additional information see figure 68 Note The values reported in this page pertain to protocol options negotiated or established on the SCSI Parallel interface SPI used to transfer the data None of these parameters are changeable with a MODE SELECT command For a description of the possible settings see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard 134 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 73 Parallel SCSI SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 1 Page Code 19h 1 Subpage Code 03h MSB 2 3 Page Length 0Ah LSB 4 Reserved 5 Reserved Protocol Identifier 1h 6 Transfer Period Factor 7 Reserved 8 REQ ACK Offset 9 Transfer Width Exponent 10 Reserved Protocol Options Bits 11 Reserved Transceiver Mode PC nee P h ee 12 Reserved 13 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 135 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 82 Parallel SCSI SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Field Descriptions Field Description
173. ation about exception conditions Four methods are available Value Method 00h No reporting of Informational Exception Conditions The drive does not report information exception conditions 03h Conditionally Generate Recovered Error This value is the default The drive reports informational exception conditions if reports of recovered errors are allowed by returning CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands following detection of the condition DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 197 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description The Sense Key is set to RECOVERED ERROR with the Additional Sense Code set to 5Dh 00h TapeAlert event The SCSI command with CHECK CONDITION completes without error before the report of any exception condition and does not need to be repeated 04h Unconditionally Generate Recovered Error The drive reports informational exception conditions by returning CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands following detection of the condition The Sense Key is set to RECOVERED ERROR with the Additional Sense Code set to 5Dh 00h TapeAlert event The SCSI command with CHECK CONDITION completes without error before the report of any exception condition and does not need to be repeated 06h Only Report Informational Exception Condition on Request
174. atus If the specified diagnostic test fails the drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Data containing information about the failure as described in table 181 325 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh Table 181 Sense Keys for Description Medium Error The drive returns a medium error if it encounters a Hard Read or Hard Write error during the test Hardware Error The Additional Sense Code and any Additional Sense Code Qualifiers provide more specific information see table 182 for more information Sense SEND DIAGNOSTIC Ke Command y 3h 4h 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST Illegal parameter settings in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Additional Sense Codes and Additional Sense Code Qualifiers that apply to SEND DIAGNOSTIC test results are described in table 182 Table 182 ASC ASCQ for Sen pane ASC ASCQ Description Command 40h 80h Level 1 Controller Software EDC test failed 40h 81h Level 1 test failed RAM diagnostic failed 40h 82h Level 1 test failed bad drive status 40h 83h Level 1 test failed loader diagnostic failed 40h 84h Level 1 test failed POST has soft failure 40h 85h Level 1 Queue Handler test failed 40h 86h Level 1 Cache Interface test failed 40h 87h Level 1 drive tape alert set 40h 88h Level 1 medium tape alert set 40h 89h Level 2 failed DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 326 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Comman
175. be sent with or without a tape in the drive The currently loaded tape if it is blank and subsequent blank tapes that are loaded into the drive will become password protected If a tape is mounted and password protected the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The password will be written to the tape in conjunction with a WRITE WRITE FM or ERASE command If none of these commands are received prior to an UNLOAD command the tape will not become formatted or Password Protected Formatted and password protected tapes will not alter the APB state and will not be modified by this action code 04h Set Drive Password in drive memory and write it to all unprotected formatted tapes This action sets the APD bit The currently loaded tape if it is unprotected formatted and subsequent unprotected formatted tapes loaded into the drive will become password protected If a tape is mounted and password protected the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The password will be written to the tape in conjunction with a WRITE WRITE FM ERASE or UNLOAD command Blank tapes and password protected tapes will not alter the APD state and will not be modified by this action code 05h Set Drive Password and write it to all unprotected tapes All unprotected tapes will then automatically become password protected This action sets the APB and APD bits The currently loaded tape if it is unpro
176. ber of bytes of parameter data that will List Length be sent to the drive Must be 0 when the SelfTst bit is set to 1 Running a Level 1 test requires that a major portion of the controller hardware and software be functioning properly The Level 1 test is based on the premise that full power up testing is not necessary therefore it is an extension of the power on tests that the drive runs The test verifies the controller software Error Detection Code EDC and checks one queue that much of the controller software uses by dequeuing and enqueuing items The test also runs a cache memory test Finally this test checks the status of the servo subsystem by sending a STATUS command to the servo and interpreting the results The Level 1 test does not attempt a WRITE or READ to or from the tape medium If an error occurs during the Level 1 test the drive reports a CHECK CONDITION status and reports any errors that occurred in the extended Sense Data bytes The Level 1 test has an execution time of approximately 5 seconds See table 180 for information on setting the SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB fields to select a Level 1 test The Level 2 test performs the following actions 1 Writes two tracks of data one in each direction 2 Rewinds the tape 324 Table 180 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Fields Selftst DevOfl and UnitOfl DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh 3 Reads the two tracks of
177. bout themselves DLT S4 devices respond by providing a variety of information including their World Wide Name and other important characteristics The DLT S4 tape drive identifies itself as a Sequential Access Storage Device Note The tape drive does not need to access its tape medium to respond to the INQUIRY command The drive can provide different categories of data in response to an INQUIRY command e Standard Inquiry Data contains basic data about the drive including vendor specific inquiry data that precisely identifies the revision of tape drive subsystem components e Vital Product Data comprises several pages of additional data Each Vital Product Data page requires a separate INQUIRY command from the initiator To see a list of supported Vital Product Data pages see Supported Vital Product Data Page 00h on page 41 An INQUIRY command is neither affected by nor does it clear any Unit Attention condition Bit Byte Operation Code 12h 1 Reserved Obsolete EVPD 2 Page Code MSB 3 4 Allocation Length LSB 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 34 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Table 16 INQUIRY Command Fi iel Description Descriptor Block Field eld escriptio Descriptions EVPD Enable Vital Product Data If set to 0 the drive returns the Standard Inquiry Data If EVPD is set to 1 the drive returns the Vital P
178. bpage Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 1 Page Code 19h 1 SubPage Code 01h MSB 23 Page Length 34h LSB 4 Reserved 5 Reserved Protocol Identifier 6h 6 Reserved 7 Number of Phys 1 8 55 SAS Phy Mode Descriptor see figure 100 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 188 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Table 107 SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 1 Indicates that this page uses the sub_page mode page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this is as the Port Control Page SubPage Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE Subpage being transferred A value of 01h identifies this is as the SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header Protocol Identifier A value of 6h indicates that this mode page applies to an SAS SSP specific mode page see the Serial Attached SCSI 1 1 SAS 1 1 for specific SAS information Number of Phys Indicates the Number of Phys Always set to 1 SAS Phy Mode See figure 100 Descriptor DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 189 Figure 100 shows the SAS phy mode descriptor Figure 1
179. by transport layer Table 1 Task Management by Transport Layer Task Parallel SCSI Management Serial Attached Parallel SCSI Non Information Function Fibre Channel SCSI Information Units Units Task Mgmt Basic Link Service Task Mgmt Flag 01h _ ABORT TASK BLS ABTS 81h Flag 01h a Message Out 0Dh Message Out 0Dh Task Mgmt Task Mgmt Task Mgmt E ABORT TASK SET Flag 02h Flag 02h Flag 02h Message Out 06h Task Mgmt Task Mgmt _ _ CLEAR TASK SET Flag 04h Flag 04h Task Mgmt Out 04h Message Out 0Eh LOGICAL UNIT Task Mgmt Task Mgmt RESET Flag 10h Flag 08h Task Mgmt Out 08h Message Out 17h Task Mgmt Task Mgmt Flag 20h _ TARGET RESET Flag 20h N A a Message Out 0Ch Message Out 0Ch Task Mgmt QUERY TASK N A Flag 80h N A N A DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 6 Chapter 2 Task Management Task Management Function Task Management Function TARGET RESET LOGICAL UNIT RESET DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide There are three types of Task Management e Reset e TARGET RESET e LOGICAL UNIT RESET e Abort e ABORT TASK SET e ABORT TASK e CLEAR TASK SET Query e QUERY TASK An initiator sends the TARGET RESET request to direct the tape drive to clear all I O processes This task management function causes the drive to 1 Abort all the commands in the task set without sending status and flush all of the complete blocks in the cache to tape 2 Execute a soft reset The drive creates a Unit Attention con
180. cal Unit NAA Identifier It may also return other identifiers The following identifiers are described in this section e Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier e Logical Unit NAA Identifier e Port NAA Identifier e Relative Target Port Identifier DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 43 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier Figure 12 shows the format of the Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier Figure 12 Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier Data Format Bit Byte Protocol Identifier 0 Code Set 2h PIV 0 Reserved Association 0 Identifier Type 1 Reserved Identifier Length 40 MSB Vendor Identification Product Identification LSB MSB 28 43 Serial Number LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 44 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Table 22 Vendor Unique Logical Unit Identifier Field Descriptions Field Description Protocol Set to 0 Identifier Code Set Set to 2h indicating the descriptor consists of ASCII printable characters PIV Protocol Identifier Valid Set to 0 indicating that the value returned in the Protocol Identifier field should be ignored Association Set to 0 indicating that the Identifier is associated with the logical unit Identifier Type Set to 1h indicating this identifier is of the T10 Vendor Specific type
181. cates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 0Ah identifies this as the Control Mode page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes excluding bytes 0 and 1 TST Task Set Type Always set to 1 The drive maintains a separate task sets for each initiator D_Sense Descriptor Format Sense Data Always set to 0 The drive always returns fixed format autosense data GLTSD Global Logging Target Save Disable Always set to 0 RLEC Report Log Exception Condition Indicates whether the drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Key set to UNIT ATTENTION 06h when one of its WRITE and READ error counters reaches a specified threshold When set to 0 indicates that the drive does not return UNIT ATTENTION when a threshold has been met When set to 1 indicates that the drive returns UNIT ATTENTION when a threshold is met Queue Algorithm Always set to 0 Modifier QErr Queue Error Always set to 0 DQue Disable Queuing Always set to 0 TAS Task Aborted Status Always set to 0 The drive does not return a status for tasks aborted by the actions of other initiators RAC Report a Check Always set to 0 The drive returns BUSY status rather than CHECK CONDITION status during long busy conditions UA_Intlck_Ctrl Unit Attention Interlocks Control Always set to 00b The drive clears all UNIT ATTENTION conditions when they are reported SWP Software Write
182. cating this identifier is of type Relative Target Port Identifier Length Specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier field If the Allocation Length field of the CDB is too small to transfer the entire identifier the Identifier Length value is not adjusted to reflect the truncation Relative Target Port Value 1 device has single port Identifier DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 48 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Sequential Access Device Capabilities VPD Page BOh Figure 16 and table 26 specify and describe the sequential access device capabilities VPD page This page provides the application client with the means to determine if the features specified in this page are supported by the device server Figure 16 Sequential Access Device Capabilities VPD Page Data Format Bit Byte Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type Page Code BOh Page Length 4 LSB Reserved Reserved SS SS SSS Table 26 Sequential Access Device Capabilities VPD Page Field Descriptions Field Description Peripheral Qualifier Contains 000b Peripheral Device Contains 01h Type Page Length The PAGE LENGTH field specifies the length of the following VPD page data If the allocation length value in the INQUIRY command descriptor block is too small to transfer all of the VPD page data the page length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation WORM T
183. ce Reference Guide Figure 164 Figure 165 Figure 166 Figure 167 Figure 168 Figure 169 Figure 170 Figure 171 Figure 172 Figure 173 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block Data Format ccccccccccccessecssseessecsssecsscsseecsseeeseceeees 327 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List Data Format 328 SET TIMESTAMP Command Data Format 329 SET TIMESTAMP Command Parameter List Data Format eien ee aah Lalor tee Se es 330 TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block Data Format shest pennin a ei Sioned tits etd 333 VERIFY Command Descriptor Block Data Format 334 WRITE Command Descriptor Block Data Format 335 WRITE ATTRIBUTE Parameter List Format 0 338 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Data Formats seser e ae aro are rei a Ea osi 341 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Descriptor Block Data FOrimiats i ccciices cccsetiasscecansnecbensssessuvasety e a 344 xvii DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5 Table 6 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 Table 10 Table 11 Table 12 Table 13 Table 14 Table 15 Tables Task Management by Transport Layer ccesseeseseeseeeeeees 6 Supported Message In List cece ccseeseececseeeseeeeeees 11 Supported Message Out List occ eseeseereeseseseenesees 12 Transfer Periods and Transfer Rates 0 ccceeeseseeeeeeeeee 14 Supported Basic Link Service Commands 18
184. ceived with the OIR bit in the Device Configuration continued Mode Page set to 1 30h 00h Incompatible Medium Drive Cannot Read Medium 30h 02h Incompatible Format Drive Cannot Read Medium 39h 00h Saving Parameters not Supported 3Bh 11h Medium Magazine not Accessible 3Bh 12h Medium Magazine Removed 3Bh 14h Medium Magazine Locked 4Bh 00h Data Phase Error 50h O01h Write Append Position Error 50h 95h DLTWorm Write Append Error 53h 02h Media Removal Prevented 55h 06h Illegal Command System Resource Failure Medium Auxiliary Memory Out of Space 82h 00h Not Allowed Away From BOT UNIT 06h 28h 00h Not Ready to Ready Transition ATTENTION 29h 00h Reset Occurred 29h O1h Power On Occurred 29h 02h SCSI Bus Reset Occurred 29h 03h Device Reset Function Occurred 29h 04h Device Internal Reset 29h 05h Transceiver Mode Changed to Single Ended 29h 06h Transceiver Mode Changed to LVD 2Ah 01h Mode Parameters Changed 2Ah 02h Log Parameters Changed 2Ah 03h Reservations Preempted 2Ah 04h Reservations Released 2Ah 05h Registrations Preempted 2Fh 00h Tasks Cleared By Another Initiator 3Bh 13h Medium Magazine Inserted DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 315 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Sense Text Name Key ASC ASCQ Description UNIT 06h 3Bh 15h Medium Magazine Unlocked ATTENTION 3Fh 01h Mic
185. ck Port Detected EDC Error continued 11h 82h Block Port Detected Record CRC Error 11h 83h Interface Buffer CRC Error 15h O1h Random Mechanical Positioning Error 3Bh 08h Repositioning Error 40h 84h Diagnostic POST Failure POST Soft Failure 44h 80h Unexpected Selection Interrupt 44h 82h Command Complete Sequence Failed 44h 83h SCSI Chip Gross Error Illegal Command Status 44h 84h Unexpected Unexplained Residue Count in Transfer Register 44h 85h Immediate Data Transfer Timeout 44h 86h Insufficient CDB Bytes 44h 87h Disconnect SDP Sequence Failed 44h 88h Bus DMA Transfer Timeout 44h 8Eh XEZ Block Formatter Object Error During Write 44h 90h Channel 1 FIFO CRC Error 44h 91h SCSI FIFO Parity Error 44h 92h SCSI FIFO Under Run or Over Run Error 44h 93h SCSI Synchronous Offset Error 44h COh Internal Target Failure 44h Clh EEPROM Copy 1 Area Bad 44h C2h EEPROM Copy 2 Area Bad 44h C3h Both EEPROM Copy Areas Bad 47h 00h SCSI Parity Error 51h 00h Erase Failure 53h 00h Media Load Eject Failure 53h 01h Unload Tape Failure 53h 04h Hardware Error Media Load or Eject Failed Medium Thread or Unthread Failure 84h 01h Basic Health Check BHC Diagnostic Test Failed DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 313 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Sense Text Name Key ASC ASCQ Description IL
186. conditions The RLEC bit works with the Read Write Error LOG SENSE page specifically the TMC bit of the Read Write Error LOG SENSE page page 02h and 03h described in table 42 on page 71 RLEC indicates whether the drive should return CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Key set to UNIT ATTENTION when one of the READ and WRITE error counters of the log pages reach a specified threshold Modify the thresholds using the LOG SELECT command Queue Algorithm Must be set to 0 Modifier QErr Queue Error Must be set to 0 DQue Disable Queuing Must be set to 0 TAS Task Aborted Status Must be set to 0 indicating that tasks aborted by other initiators do not return a status RAC Report a Check Must be set to 0 indicating that the drive may return BUSY status DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 114 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description UA_Intlck_Ctrl Unit Attention Interlocks Control Must be set to 0 indicating that the drive clears UNIT ATTENTION conditions when they are reported SWP Software Write Protect Must be set to 0 Autoload Mode Indicates the action the drive is to take when tape medium is loaded All values not listed below are reserved Value Description 000b The medium is loaded for full access 001b The medium is loaded for Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM access only 010b The medium is not loaded
187. criptions Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Field Description Parameter Code Parameter code supported for this page Must be 0 Parameter Control Byte Bit Value Description DU 1 Disable Update DS 0 Disable Save TSD 0 Target Save Disable ETC 0 Enable Threshold Comparison TMC JO Threshold Met Criteria LBIN 0 List Binary LP 1 List Parameter Parameter Length Specifies the number of bytes in the parameter value Must be 40h Parameter Value Indicates the actual value of this log parameter Error Detection Summary in LOG SELECT Pages DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide The host issues a LOG SENSE command to initialize host resident software that allows determination of The log pages the drive uses The parameter codes and length of each parameter The following conditions constitute errors in the parameter block that cause the drive to return CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Data set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST The drive receives a page header with unsupported page codes An incorrect log page length is specified in the page header An illegal parameter code is contained in a valid page code Parameter codes for a supported page are not sent in ascending order The parameter control byte is set to an invalid value for the parameter code 65 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands L
188. criptor Block Data The LOG SELECT command allows the host to manage statistical information the DLT S4 tape drive maintains about its own hardware parameters and about the installed tape medium Read the description of the LOG SENSE Command 4Dh on page 66 it provides information about log page format parameters and supported pages Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 4Ch 1 Reserved PCR SP 2 PC Reserved 3 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Parameter List Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 57 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Table 33 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description PCR Parameter Code Reset If this bit is set to 1 and the Parameter List Length field is set to 0 all accumulated values of page codes 2 3 and 0C are set to 0 and all threshold values are set to default If PCR is set to 1 and the Parameter List Length field is set to a non zero value the drive terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Code ASC set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB SP Save Parameters Must be set to 0 PC Page Control Defines the type of parameter values to be selected Code Types of Parameter Value 00b Current Threshold Values 01b Current Threshold Values 10b Default Threshold Values 11b Default Threshold Values
189. ction LSB 4 Reserved 5 Reserved ServActV MSB 6 7 CDB Length LSB Table 165 All_commands ar Field Description Command Descriptor Field e eserple Descriptions Operation Code The operation code of the returned command DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Service Action The service action of the returned command If the command does not have service actions this field is set to 00h ServActV Service Action Valid When set to 0 indicates that the returned command does not have service actions and that the Service Action field should be ignored When set to 1 indicates that the returned command has service actions and that the Service Action field contains valid information CDB Length Contains the length of the CDB indicated by the Operation Code and if the ServActV bit is set to 1 the Service Action fields 298 One_command Parameter Data Format Figure 153 One_command Parameter Data Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command A3h 0Ch The REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES one_command parameter data format contains information about the CDB and a usage map for fields in the CDB of the command specified in the Reporting Options Requested Operation Code and Requested Service Action fields of the REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES CDB Bit 0 Reserved 1 Reserved Support MSB 23 CDB Size n 3 LSB 4 n CDB Usage Data
190. d DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 322 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command directs the DLT S4 tape drive to perform its self diagnostic tests Two levels of drive resident diagnostic tests are available the Level 1 Electronics Test and the Level 2 Write Read Functionality Test Figure 163 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 1Dh 1 Self Test Code PF 0 Reserved Selftst DevOfl UnitOfl 2 Reserved 3 4 Parameter List Length LSB 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 323 Table 179 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Data Field Descriptions Level 1 Test Electronics Test Level 2 Test Write Read Functionality Test DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh Field Description PF Page Format Must be set to 0 when the SelfTst bit is set to 1 Selftst Self Test Used with DevOfl and UnitOfl to specify the type of testing to be done see table 180 for specific information DevOfl Device Offline Used with Selftst and UnitOfl to specify the type of testing to be done see table 180 for specific information UnitOfl Unit Offline Used with Selftst and DevOfl to specify the type of testing to be done see table 180 for specific information Parameter Indicates the num
191. d A4h 06h SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command A4h 06h The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command requests that the device identifier information in the DLT S4 tape drive be set to the value contained in the parameter list This information is then accessible using the REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The device identifier is persistent through Reset and power cycles On successful completion of a SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command the drive generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition for all initiators except the one that issued the command with the Additional Sense Code set to DEVICE IDENTIFIER CHANGED LLL Ea Figure 164 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 0 Operation Code A4h 1 Reserved Service Action 06h 2 55 Reserved MSB 6 9 Parameter List Length LSB 10 Reserved 11 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 327 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command A4h 06h Table 183 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description Service Action A service action of 06h identifies this as the SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command Parameter List Specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier that is transferred from the application Length client to the tape drive The maximum value for this field is 64 bytes A Parameter List Length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred and that subsequent REPORT DEVICE ID
192. d an error If the remainder of the list is required the application client either 1 sends a new READ ATTRIBUTE command with the Allocation Length field set to a large enough value to contain the entire parameter list or 2 uses the First Attribute Identifier field to restrict the attributes returned If the medium auxiliary memory is not accessible because the medium is not present the drive terminates the READ ATTRIBUTE command with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to NOT READY and the Additional Sense Code is set to MEDIUM NOT PRESENT If the medium is present but the medium auxiliary memory is not accessible the drive terminates the READ ATTRIBUTE command with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to NOT READY and the Additional Sense Code is set to LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY MAM NOT AVAILABLE If the combination of volume number and partition number is not valid the drive terminates the READ ATTRIBUTE command with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB If the specified attribute identifier does not exist the drive terminates the READ ATTRIBUTE command with a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense 237 READ ATTRIBUTE Service Action Codes Table 131 READ ATTRIBUTE Command Service Action Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code is set to INVA
193. d by the device server e a Figure 113 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Type Mask Data Format Bit 4 WR_EX_A a WR_EX_RO EX_AC ie al WR_EX Reserved 5 Reserved EX_AC_A R Table 120 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Type Mask Field Descriptions Field Description WR_EX_AR The WR_EX_AR bit is set to zero indicating that the device server does not support the Write Exclusive All Registrants persistent reservation type DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 218 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Field Description EX_AC_RO The Exclusive Access Registrants Only EX_AC_RO bit is set to one indicating that the device server supports the Exclusive Access Registrants Only persistent reservation type WR_EX_RO The Write Exclusive Registrants Only WR_EX_RO bit is set to one indicating that the device server supports the Write Exclusive Registrants Only persistent reservation type EX_AC The Exclusive Access EX_AC bit is set to one indicating that the device server supports the Exclusive Access persistent reservation type WR_EX The Write Exclusive WR_EX bit is set to one indicating that the device server supports the Write Exclusive persistent reservation type EX_AC_AR The EX_AC_AR bit is set to zero indicating that the device server does not support the Exclusive Access All Registrants persistent reservation type
194. data 4 Rewinds the tape The execution time for the Level 2 test is approximately 12 minutes See table 180 for information on setting the SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB fields to select a Level 2 test The Level 1 and Level 2 diagnostic tests do not take parameters If the PF bit is set to one and the SelfTst bit is set to one the drive will reject the command and indicate an Illegal Request If the PF bit is set to one and the SelfTst bit is set to zero the Dev Ofl and Unit Ofl bits are ignored and the drive will request the number of page bytes specified in the Parameter List Length field If the PF bit is set to zero the SelfTst DevOfl and UnitOfl bits are interpreted as defined in table 180 Selftst DevOfl UnitOfl Diagnostic Test Run 0 0 0 Level 1 Test with Drive and Media Health Check drive is on line 0 0 1 Illegal Combination 0 1 0 Illegal Combination 0 1 1 Level 1 Test and Level 2 Test with Drive and Media Health Check drive is on line 1 0 0 Level 1 Test only drive is on line 1 0 1 Illegal Combination 1 1 0 Level 1 Test drive is off line 1 1 1 Level 2 Test drive is off line 1 Drive and Media Health Check This test checks for the highest priority Fees Tape Alert that has been set against the drive and or the media This information is reported in response to the next RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command If the specified diagnostic test passes the drive returns GOOD st
195. dition for all initiators after accepting and processing a TARGET RESET request The additional sense code is set to TARGET RESET OCCURRED If a WRITE command is in progress and STATUS has not been sent to the initiator when the drive receives this message the drive may write some or all of the data for the WRITE command to the medium This task management function causes the drive to reset the selected unit When the LUN is set to 0 and the drive receives the LOGICAL UNIT RESET task management function the drive is reset as described in TARGET RESET above CLEAR TASK SET ABORT TASK ABORT TASK SET QUERY TASK DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 2 Task Management Task Management Function CLEAR TASK SET clears all commands for requesting initiator CLEAR TASK SET can clear multiple commands when command queuing is in effect This task management function causes the drive to clear the current I O process on the selected unit Buffered cached write operations are completed if possible The current settings of MODE SELECT parameters and reservations are not affected Commands data and status for other initiators are not affected This task management function can be sent to a logical unit that is not currently performing an operation for the initiator If a WRITE command is in progress and STATUS has not been sent to the initiator when the drive receives this task management function some or all of the data for thi
196. dium to the initiator WRITES Exclusive Any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the tape medium results in a reservation conflict 2h Obsolete 3h Exclusive READS Exclusive Any command from any initiator other than the initiator Access holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the tape medium results in a reservation conflict WRITES Exclusive Any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the tape medium results in a reservation conflict 4h Obsolete 5h WRITE READS Shared Any application client on any initiator may execute commands Exclusive that perform transfers from the tape medium to the initiator Registrants WRITES Exclusive Any command from an initiator that has not previously Only performed a Register service action with the drive that attempts a transfer to the tape medium results in a reservation conflict 6h Exclusive READS Exclusive Any command from an initiator that has not previously Access performed a Register service action with the drive that attempts a transfer from the tape medium results in a reservation conflict Registrants Only WRITES Exclusive Any command from an initiator that has not previously DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide performed a Register service action with the drive that attempts a transfer to the tape medi
197. ds to a PPR message with a reciprocal PPR message containing acceptable parameters for the interface An DLT S4 tape drive never initiates a PPR negotiation Details about how to configure the PPR message are shown in figure 3 Figure 3 Features of the Description Double Transition Clocking Request This bit indicates a request for Double Transition Clocking which means that two units of data are transferred for each clock cycle Support for the PPR message is indicated by the Clocking field in the Standard Inquiry page Parallel Protocol Request Pied Message DT_REQ Transfer Width Exponent Transfer Period Factor DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Valid transfer widths for the tape drive are 8 bits transfer width 00h and 16 bits transfer width 01h Other transfer widths are reserved 09h 12 5 nsec transfer period 40 MHz DT Ultra160 08h 6 25 nsec transfer period 80 MHz DT Ultra320 OAh 25 nsec Transfer Period 40 MHz OCh 50 nsec Transfer Period 20 MHz 19h 100 nsec Transfer Period 10 MHz 32h 200 nsec Transfer Period 5 MHz 16 Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Parallel SCSI Wide Data Transfer Request Figure 4 illustrates the message formats Figure 4 Wide Data Transfer Request Message Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Extended Message Identifier 01h 1 Length 02h 2 WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST 03h 3 Transf
198. duct Provides hardware Specification performance environment shock and vibration and regulatory specifications for the tape drive 81 81283 xx DLT S4 Quick Start Provides quick Guide instructions on how to install and run the tape drive Current SCSI standards documents available from www t10 org e SCSI Architecture Model SAM 3 e SCSI Primary Commands SPC 3 e SCSI Parallel Interface SPI 5 SCSI Stream Commands SSC 3 Serial Attached SCSI SAS 1 1 e Fibre Channel Protocol FCP e Fibre Channel Framing and Signaling FC FS 2 e Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop FC AL 2 e Fibre Channel General Services FC GS 5 XXxXi Contacts DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Preface See the appropriate product manuals for information about the tape drive and cartridges SCSI Standards Copies of the approved version of the SCSI standards may be obtained from Global Engineering Documents 15 Inverness Way East Englewood CO 80112 800 854 7179 or 303 397 2740 Quantum company contacts are listed below Quantum Corporate Headquarters To order documentation on this or other Quantum products contact Quantum Corporation 141 Innovation Drive Irvine CA 92617 949 856 7800 800 284 5101 Technical Publications To comment on existing documentation send e mail to doc comments quantum com Quantum Home Page Visit the Quantum home page at www quantum com xxxii Ge
199. e Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 18h identifies this as the Logical Unit Control Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Protocol Identifier A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to a SAS 1 1 compliant port see the Information Technology Serial Attached SCSI 1 1 SAS 1 1 Transport Layer Retries When set to 1 transport layer retries are supported by this device as defined in SAS 1 1 When this bit is set to 0 in a MODE SELECT command the device will disable transport layer retries The default and recommended value for this field is 1 transport layer retries enabled DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 126 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Port Control Page 19h The Port Control Page contains the parameters that affect SCSI target port or FCP_Port operations For Parallel SCSI see figure 68 for Fibre Channel see figure 69 and for SAS see figure 70 Figure 68 Parallel SCSI Port Control MODE SELECT Page Data Format Page Code 19h
200. e Addressing WBus16 See table 18 Wide Bus 16 Sync See table 18 Synchronous Data Transfer Linked 0 Linked Command Support CmdQue See table 18 Tagged Command Queuing Vendor QUANTUM The value in this field is left aligned and set to QUANTUM Identification The remainder of the field is filled with space characters Product DLT S4 For the DLT S4 tape drive this field is set to DLT S4 left Identification aligned filled with spaces to the end of the field Product Contains 4 bytes of ASCII data that provide the drive s firmware Revision revision levels The first 2 bytes are the version number for servo code The second 2 bytes are the version number of the SCSI read write code When a firmware update is performed on the tape drive the second two bytes of the revision level change to reflect that update DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 37 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Field Value Description Clocking See table 18 Clocking QAS See table 18 Quick Arbitrate Supported IUS See table 18 Information Units Supported Version Version descriptors Identifies the industry standards to which the drive conforms Pet Parallel SE Note ne version descriptors as apply for the drive are Channel and SAS hae ESSE EEE ee Table 18 INQUIRY Command Variance by Protocol Field Parallel SCSI Fibre Channel SAS Addr16 1 0 0 Wbus16 0 0 Sync 0 0 CmdQue
201. e DLT S4 supports only a setting of 00h indicating that it will not allow any logical blocks to be over written on a WORM medium WORM MODE The WORM MODE FILEMARKS RESTRICTIONS field specifies the restrictions against FILEMARKS overwriting a series of filemarks immediately preceding EOD when operating in RESTRICTIONS WORM mode The WORM MODE FILEMARKS RESTRICTIONS field controls only the overwriting of a series of filemarks with no interleaved logical blocks immediately preceding EOD The DLT S4 supports only a setting of 03h indicating that it will allow any number of filemarks immediately preceding EOD to be over written DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 200 Data Security Mode Page 27h Figure 106 Data Security Mode Page Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Figure 106 shows the page that controls uses a password verification mechanism to prevent or allow reading and writing the data to the tape Its primary function is to provide a means of preventing unauthorized access to data on a DLT S4 native cartridge It has no impact on Back Read cartridges The password is written to the drive using a MODE SELECT command for the Data Security Mode Page and read from the drive using a MODE SENSE command for the Data Security Mode Page The password is written to the tape in response to a FORMAT command or WRITE command when positioned at the beginning of the tape WRITE from BOT
202. e Length 38h LSB aaa a a Table 49 SAS Phy Control and Discover LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions Field Description Page Code Echoes the Page Code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the number of bytes contained in this log page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 79 Figure 38 SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page Parameter Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 38 shows the format for a SAS log parameter Byte al 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 Parameter Code Relative Target Port Identifier LSB 2 DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP 3 Page Length 34h 4 Reserved Protocol Identifier 6h 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Number of Phys 8 55 SAS Phy Log Descriptor see figure 39 Gt Table 50 SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page Subpage Field Descriptions Field Description Parameter The parameter code field contains the relative target port identifier see SPC 3 for the Code SSP target port that this log parameter describes Parameter Bit Value Description Control Byte DU 0 Disable Update DS 0 Disable Save TSD 0 Target Save Disable ETC 0 Enable Threshold Comparison TMC any Threshold Criteria Met DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 80 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field
203. e READ ATTRIBUTE command see figure 118 allows an application client to read attribute values from Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM Figure 118 READ ATTRIBUTE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 8Ch 1 Reserved Service Action 2 4 Restricted 00h 5 Volume Number 6 Reserved 7 Partition Number MSB 8 9 First Attribute Identifier LSB MSB 10 13 Allocation Length LSB 14 Reserved 15 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 236 Table 130 READ ATTRIBUTE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Error Summary for the READ ATTRIBUTE Command DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Field Description Service Action See READ ATTRIBUTE Service Action Codes Volume Number Specifies a volume within the medium auxiliary memory Must be set to 0 Super DLTtape media comprises a single volume Partition Specifies a partition within a volume Must be set Number to 0 Super DLTtape media comprises a single partition First Attribute Specifies the attribute identifier of the first attribute Identifier to be returned Allocation Specifies how many bytes are allocated for the Length returned parameter list If the value in this field is not sufficient to contain the entire parameter list the drive returns the truncated list this is not considere
204. e current medium is a WORM medium This bit is not changeable with a MODE SELECT command WORM MODE The field specifies the restrictions against overwriting format labels when operating LABEL in WORM mode A series of filemarks with no interleaved logical blocks immediately RESTRICTIONS preceding EOD is treated as a filemark sequence and is controlled by the WORM MODE FILEMARKS RESTRICTIONS field The DLT S4 supports only a setting of 00h indicating that it will not allow any logical blocks to be over written on a WORM medium WORM MODE The WORM MODE FILEMARKS RESTRICTIONS field specifies the restrictions against FILEMARKS overwriting a series of filemarks immediately preceding EOD when operating in RESTRICTIONS WORM mode The WORM MODE FILEMARKS RESTRICTIONS field controls only the overwriting of a series of filemarks with no interleaved logical blocks immediately preceding EOD The DLT S4 supports only a setting of 03h indicating that it will allow any number of filemarks immediately preceding EOD to be over written DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 143 Data Security Mode Page 27h Figure 77 Data Security Mode Page Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h The DLT S4 drive checks for password protection on the DLT S4 tape during the load process and if it is enabled verifies that the drive has the same password If the passwords match the user can read and write data on the
205. e data and DLTSage WORM TapeAlerts and e Failure Modes and Recovery Actions The Sequential Access Device Capabilities Page 0xB0 contains an indicator that the drive is DLTSage WORM Capable This indicator defined as WORM will always be set for the DLT 54 drive Once a DLTSage WORM tape is created a READ ATTRIBUTE command for the MEDIUM TYPE Attribute 0x0408 of MAM will return the Medium Type as Write Once media 0x80 A standard DLTtape S4 cartridge is converted to a DLTSage WORM tape by sending a WRITE ATTRIBUTE command to the drive that sets the MEDIUM TYPE Attribute 0x0408 to Write Once 0x80 This is only allowed for blank unformatted tapes formatted native tapes with no data on them or formatted native tapes with one filemark and an EOD on them Note In order to convert a formatted tape with one filemark and an EOD on it toa DLTSage WORM tape the filemark and EOD must be read into the drive s cache This happens automatically at load time and if one filemark is written If the host or test software issues a REWIND command after writing the filemark then it is the host or test software s responsibility to issue a READ command to read the filemark and EOD back into the drive s cache 347 Reading the DLTSage WORM Signature Understanding Unique Sense Data while Using the DLTSage WORM Cartridge DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Use of DLTSage WORM Tapes The
206. e itself The attributes are accessed using the READ ATTRIBUTE and WRITE ATTRIBUTE commands An EMAM device mimics a MAM device with the following exceptions If the tape is bulk erased the EMAM attribute data is lost The next time the tape is used it has default values in the attribute fields Since the EMAM data is read off the tape the host needs to wait for one of two ready states to read and write attributes If the DLT S4 tape drive is configured to report the MAM Available Unit Attention using the EEPROM setting RepMAMAvailUA see table 87 on page 151 once that UA is reported to the host it can read and write MAM attributes If the DLT S4 tape drive is not configured to report the MAM Available Unit Attention the host needs to wait for the Not Ready to Ready transition prior to reading and writing MAM attributes If the host sends READ ATTRIBUTE or WRITE ATTRIBUTE commands prior to the Ready state the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status The Sense Data is set to NOT READY the Sense Key is set to LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY and the Additional Sense Code is set to MAM NOT AVAILABLE 261 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ BLOCK LIMITS Command 05h READ BLOCK LIMITS Command 05h The READ BLOCK LIMITS command directs the tape drive to report its block length limits Figure 126 READ BLOCK LIMITS Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 05h 1 4 Reserved 5 Contro
207. e medium errors such an entry usually contains the current Information SCSI logical block address LBA Additional Sense This field and the Additional Sense Code Qualifier field provide additional Code ASC information about the Sense Key and the cause of a CHECK CONDITION status Additional Sense Codes are listed in table 174 Additional Sense This field and the Additional Sense Code field provide additional information Code Qualifier about the Sense Key and the cause of a CHECK CONDITION status Additional Sense ASCQ Code Qualifiers are discussed in table 174 Field Replaceable Not used Always set to 0 Unit Code SKSV Sense Key Specific Valid When set to 1 indicates that the data in the Sense Key Specific fields is valid C D Command Data When set to 1 indicates that the illegal parameter is contained in the CDB When set to 0 indicates that the illegal parameter is in the Parameter List from the initiator BPV Bit Pointer Valid When set to 1 indicates that the Bit Pointer field is valid and designates which bit of the byte designated by the field pointer is in error For a multi bit field it points to the most significant bit of the field Bit Pointer When BPV is set to 1 indicates either the most significant bit of the field in error or the most significant invalid bit within the field Reserved fields are treated as individual bit fields the most significant reserved bit that is set is indicated rather than
208. e memory 07h Clear Drive Password This action clears the APB APD and corresponding DPS bits and the password from drive memory If a password protected tape is loaded the appropriate PMM bit will be set Password field is ignored 08 Set the Drive Password and write it to tape now Tape must be mounted and either have no password or the value in the password field must match the password on the tape Upon successful completion of the MODE SELECT command the password is written to tape the TPP bit is set for the interface s that just put a password on the tape and the APB APD PAX and PWF bits are cleared 09h 3Fh Reserved Number of This read only four bit field indicates the number of passwords supported This field is Passwords currently set to two one for the host interface and one for the automation interface Supported However this design can handle up to 8 passwords APB Auto Password Blank Tapes This read only bit indicates password protection mode for this password is set to auto password protect all blank tapes APD Auto Password Unprotected Data Tapes This read only bit indicates password protection mode for this password is set to auto password protect all unprotected formatted tapes PA Password Accessible on this interface This read only status bit indicates if this password is accessible from this interface TPP Tape Password Protected This read only bit indicates if this tape is password protected with this
209. e not to be included in read error rate calculations If these errors are used to try to identify bad channels the bad channel may be on either the writing or reading drive Note Parameter codes 00h 01h and 04h always return a value of 0 DU Disable Update When set to 0 indicates that the drive updates all log parameter values When set to 1 indicates that the drive does not update the log parameter values except in response to a LOG SELECT command The drive sets this bit to 1 when accumulated values reach maximum The drive also returns this bit set to 1 if the host set the bit in the last LOG SELECT command Default is 0 Note that for parameter types other than threshold and cumulative values this bit is always set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 71 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description DS Disable Save Always set to 1 TSD Target Save Disable Always set to 1 ETC Enable Threshold Comparison When set to 1 indicates that the drive performs comparison to threshold When set to 0 indicates that the drive does not perform the comparison The Control Mode Page of the MODE SELECT command sets this bit set to 1 Default is 0 TMC Threshold Met Criteria This field is valid only if the host sets the ETC bit to 1 This field determines the basis for comparison The host specifies this field using the LOG SELECT command If the result
210. e reaching drive specification limits for optimal operation The drive may still be able to continue to function without any unrecovered errors for a long period of time however The drive generates a CHECK CONDITION status only if the PER field of Mode Page 01h is set to 1 2h NOT READY The tape medium is not ready for tape operation commands The tape medium might not be present in the drive or may be in the process of loading or calibrating 3h MEDIUM ERROR An unrecoverable WRITE READ or positioning error occurred Detailed device specific information may be available 4h HARDWARE ERROR The Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields may present more specific information DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 309 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Sense Key Description 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST The CDB or supplied parameter data specified an unsupported or illegal operation Check the Byte Pointer and Bit Pointer fields for an indication of the field in error 6h UNIT ATTENTION The drive generates Unit Attentions after a device reset if 1 the medium asynchronously becomes ready to the initiator 2 if another initiator changes Mode Parameters 3 if the firmware is updated or 4 if the latter two items occur together 7h DATA PROTECTED The current tape medium is write protected Either the Write Protect switch on the cartridge is in its enabled position the tape medium is not
211. e set to 0 Read Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of read retries the drive attempts before reporting an unrecoverable error Write Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of write retries the drive attempts before reporting an unrecoverable error Disconnect Reconnect The Disconnect Reconnect Page controls the drive s behavior on the SCSI Page 02h bus or network and allows the host to tune bus or network performance for Parallel SCSI see figure 58 for Fibre Channel see figure 59 and for SAS see figure 60 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 106 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 58 Parallel SCSI Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Data Format Page Code 02h 1 Page Length OEh 2 Buffer Full Ratio 0 3 Buffer Empty Ratio 0 MSB 4 5 Bus Inactivity Limit 0 LSB MSB 6 7 Disconnect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 8 9 Connect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 10 11 Maximum Burst Size LSB 12 EMDP Fair Arbitration DIMM DTDC 13 Reserved MSB 14 15 Reserved LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 107 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 67 Parallel SCSI Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SP
212. e values listed below Density Code Description 00h Use default density 49h 190 000 bpi 56 logical tracks serial cartridge tape 160 GB 320 GB Super DLTtape I 4Ah 233 000 bpi 40 logical tracks serial cartridge tape 300 GB 600 GB Super DLTtape II 4Bh 256 000 bpi 80 logical tracks serial cartridge tape 800 GB 1600 GB DLTtape 54 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 104 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description 7Fh No change from previous density no Operation Number of Must be set to 0 indicating that all of the remaining logical blocks on the tape have Blocks the medium characteristics specified by this block descriptor Block Length Specifies the length in bytes of each logical block transferred A block length of 0 indicates that the length is variable specified in the I O command Any value other than 0 indicates the number of bytes per block to use for READ WRITE and VERIFY commands that specify a Fixed bit of 1 i e Fixed Block Mode which also causes the transfer length in the CDB to be defined as a block count If the Fixed bit is not set to 1 the drive ignores this field The value in this field must be a multiple of 4 1 The Density Code must match a supported density of the tape cartridge currently mounted in the DLT S4 tape drive Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h command processing Figure 57 Read Write Error Rec
213. eatures and considerations in mind e Super DLTtape media does not support the non existent state for attributes e All attributes that exist are reported in the attribute list and attribute values e The tape drive does not support deleting standard host type attributes WRITE ATTRIBUTE commands with attribute length of 0 The only attributes that can be deleted are host vendor unique attributes e Super DLTtape media only supports ASCII text in the TEXT LOCALIZATION IDENTIFIER attribute 260 A Comparison of MAM and EMAM DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Super DLTtape media does not require that attributes be written using the WRITE ATTRIBUTE command in ascending order The attributes that can be written are independent of one another and can be written in any order Since EMAM is written to the tape there is always a short window during which the tape is loaded but the attributes have not been read from the tape and stored in RAM If during this brief span of time the drive receives a READ ATTRIBUTE or WRITE ATTRIBUTE command it responds with the Sense Key set to NOT READY and the Additional Sense Code set to LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY MAM NOT AVAILABLE The application should retry the command in this case The tape drive incorporates a new feature called Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM This feature is used to store MAM attributes in a log file on the tap
214. ed Non Vendor Specific ERROR 0Ah 00h Error Log Overflow 0Ah 80h Error Log Generated 37h 00h Rounded Parameter 3Bh 08h Repositioning Error 44h Clh EEPROM Copy 1 Area Bad 44h C2h EEPROM Copy 2 Area Bad 47h 00h SCSI Parity Error 48h 00h IDE Message Received 51h 00h ERASE Failure 53h 01h Unload Tape Failure 5Bh 01h Threshold Condition Met 5Bh 02h Log Counter at Maximum 5Dh 00h Failure Predictive Threshold Exceeded 5Dh FFh Failure Predictive Threshold Exceeded False NOT READY 02h 04h 00h Unit Not Ready Cause Nonreportable 04h olh Unit Not Ready Calibration in Process 04h 02h Unit Not Ready LOAD Command Needed A tape cartridge is loaded but the tape medium is in an unloaded state 04h 03h Unit Not Ready Manual Intervention Needed No tape cartridge is present or a mechanical failure has occurred 04h 07h Unit Not Ready Loader Operation in Progress 25h 90h Bad Code Update Image Header 30h 00h Incompatible Medium Installed 30h 02h Incompatible Format 30h 03h Cleaning Cartridge Installed 3Ah 00h Medium Not Present 3Eh 00h Logical Unit Has Not Self Configured Yet DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 311 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Sense Text Name Key ASC ASCQ Description NOT READY 02h 52h 00h Cartridge Error Calibration Failure continued 53h 00h Media Load or Eject F
215. ed data Must be set to 00h Compression Indicates which compression algorithm the drive uses to process data from the host Algorithm when the DCE bit byte 02 bit 7 is set to 1 The only value currently supported for this field is 10h Decompression Indicates which decompression algorithm the drive uses when decompressing data Algorithm on the tape The only value currently supported is 10h DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 117 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Device Configuration The drive supports the Device Configuration Page The format for the Page 10h page is shown in figure 63 Figure 63 Device Configuration MODE SELECT Page Data Format Bit 4 2 1 Byte 7 6 5 3 0 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 10h 1 Page Length OEh 2 Reserved OPsolet Car 0 Active Format 0 3 Active Partition 0 4 Write Buffer Full Ratio 0 5 Read Buffer Empty Ratio 0 MSB 6 7 Write Delay Time LSB RSmk 8 DBR 0 BIS 1 0 AVC 0 SOCF 0 RBO 0 REW 0 9 Gap Size 0 10 EOD Defined 0 EEG 1 SEW SWP 0 Reserved MSB 11 13 Buffer Size at Early Warning 0 LSB 14 Select Data Compression Algorithm 15 Reserved OIR Rewind on Reset 1 mene PersWP 0 PrmWP 0 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 118 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 72 Device Configuration
216. ee doe tows 85 TapeAlert Flags Severity Levels and Meanings Field Descriptions iseitis ie iss n ae 85 Device Wellness LOG SENSE Header Field DOSCHIP TONS enon oeno eero Ea Eai ap ceeds apitecsetedeediiledsucste 89 Log Parameters for Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions ienien iiien iiiierisiier ioiii iei 90 XX DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 57 Table 58 Table 59 Table 60 Table 61 Table 62 Table 63 Table 64 Table 65 Table 66 Table 67 Table 68 Table 69 Table 70 Table 71 Table 72 Table 73 Table 74 Tables General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions eenn nenni a 92 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions isisisi ssteapucsde svstecasenssesetesestbenes 93 Device Status LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions 94 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Field Desci pt ONS e eeror persier ipen raa E a E S 94 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Parameter 0001h Cleaning Related Field Descriptions 97 MODE SELECT Operating Parameters Reference 004 98 MODE SELECT 6 10 Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions s esseereseesesreresrrresreseerrrsrrrsesrrsesrrssssrssns 100 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Header Field Desci PHONE nae a aA NEE 103 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Field DeSCriptions cs cisesce
217. eeeees READ BLOCK LIMITS Command 05h eee cecscseeesesesnseeseseeeeeees READ BUFFER Command 3Ch 0 cceeseeseseseeeeseseecesesaeananseeeeseeteseneaeaees Retrieving Diagnostic Data c cccccccesessssescscseeeeesesseseseseeesseseseseeenees Read Data from the Saved Buffer Alh Read Data from the Live Buffer A2h 0 eee ereeeeeeeeneees Combined Header and Data Mode 00h oo eee ceteeeceeeeeteeees Data Mode O20 2 scsi iisess keeras tiaren e saradan EE delist EEEE ESENE Descriptor Mode 3H nn Read Data from Echo Buffer OAN o i cc ce cceseeeseeseseeeeeecseneeeteeeeaes Echo Buffer Descriptor Mode OBNh ou ce eeeseseseseeececneeeeeenaeeenes READ POSITION Command 34h oo eeeeseeseeeeeeseeeesesneaneneeeeseaneees Read Position Data Short Form wo cece eseseeecseeeeeeeseeeeeeneees Read Position Data Long Form cece ee eeeeeeeeeeteeeneeeees RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command 1Ch eee eee RELEASE 10 Command 57h is ccsscstcisssssscscesscacabevasesessdebassovsedescseensianbase RELEASE UNIT Command 17h ceeceseseseeseeeeeseseseeeeseesaeansnseseneeees REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h eee Report Density Support cece cssseeeceesesetseeeseseseececseseeseeeneeseees Medium Type Support Report eee ceeseseeeecessseseneneeeneees REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command A3h 05h uuu eee REPORT LUNS Command AOD eee esescneeeeeceeseeneeessesenseetesnsseeeees REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION
218. een initialized to work in WORM mode write operations are only allowed at the End of Data position The Initialization Process During the DLTSage WORM initialization process the drive will execute a series of commands and validate the result of each command If any command fails the cartridge is not initialized as a DLTSage WORM cartridge First the firmware will make sure that the initial criteria for the initialization as a DLTSage WORM cartridge are met These are that the loaded cartridge is a DLTtape S4 cartridge and it is either e An unformatted native cartridge e A blank native cartridge e Ora native cartridge with only one filemark and an EOD on it DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 345 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Use of DLTSage WORM Tapes If the initial criteria are met the following operations are done The cartridge is formatted The DLTSage WORM indicator is written in three places e An End Of Data EOD marker is placed at the Beginning of Tape BOT and e The DLTSage WORM tag is created and written to the MAM data Once the initialization process successfully completes the DLTtape S4 cartridge is ready to be used in WORM mode Use of DLTSage WORM Tapes DLTSage WORM Details DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide After a DLTSage WORM tape has been created it may be used to record write once datasets When writing a new dataset it must be appended to the End of Data position on the tape Attempts to wri
219. egister FC 4 Features Port Identifier 20 Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Serial Attached SCSI SAS Serial Attached SCSI SAS Transport Layer Retries Data In Information Unit Retries Transfer Ready Information Unit Retries Response Information Unit Retries DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide For more in information about SAS task management see chapter 2 Task Management DLT S4 tape drives support Transport Layer Retries as indicated in the MODE SENSE Logical Unit Control Page It is not possible to turn off support of Transport Layer Retries This section describes implementation specific details of the Transport Layer retires for DLT S4 tape drive When the SDLT S4 detects that the host did not successfully receive the Data In IU it will resend the Data In IU The retransmitted Data In IU will have the following new information in the SSP Frame Header The Changing Data Pointer bit is set to 1 The Target Port Transfer Tag is set to a new value The SDLT S4 will attempt to retransmit the Data In IU up to two times When the SDLT S4 detects that the host did not successfully receive the Transfer Ready IU it will resend the Transfer Ready IU The retransmitted Transfer Ready IU will have the following new information in the SSP Frame Header The Retransmit Bit is set to 1 The Target Port Transfer Tag is set to a new value The SDLT S4 will attempt to retransmit the
220. eld Descriptions 263 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Data Fora erine a EE 264 READ BUFFER Header Data Format ssseseeseeeeeeeee 267 READ BUFFER Descriptor Data Format cccceee 268 ECHO BUFFER Descriptor Data Format 0 cce 269 ECHO BUFFER Descriptor Field Descriptions 269 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block Data BOPIMAL Sess ssid isaess clessssehets sauna tions RA 270 READ POSITION Short Form Data Format 0 271 READ POSITION Long Form Data Format 05 274 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block Data Format 276 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Data Format 277 RELEASE 10 Command Descriptor Block Data BOTA a e Beles areas ee ee RE eee AE 278 RELEASE 10 ID Only Parameter List Data Format 279 RELEASE UNIT Command Descriptor Block Data XV DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Figure 142 Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Figure 156 Figure 157 Figure 158 Figure 159 Figure 160 Figure 161 Figure 162 Figure 163 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command Descriptor Block Data Format ccccceccccccessecsssesssecesceesecsseecsseeeseceenees REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header Data Format DENSITY SUPPORT Descriptor Data Format
221. elf initialization the tape drive is ready to respond to interface traffic The drive responds to tape motion commands with CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to NOT READY until the tape medium is ready The DLT S4 tape drive contains a data cache that buffers blocks and filemarks until it writes them to tape This section describes what happens when the drive writes or flushes those blocks to tape A MODE SELECT parameter allows the data cache to be disabled unbuffered mode In this mode every WRITE command causes data to be written to the tape medium before the drive returns the message to the host Note Unbuffered mode is NOT recommended due to the poor performance that may result The DLT S4 tape drive writes the contents of the write data cache to the tape medium under the following circumstances e When the initiator issues a WRITE FILEMARKS command with the Immediate bit set to 0 e When data has been in the cache longer than the maximum time specified by the value of the MODE SELECT command Write Delay Time parameter the default is 10 seconds e When the drive receives a non write type media access command e When a RESET condition occurs 30 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SCSI Command Descriptions SCSI Command Descriptions The SCSI command descriptions that make up the rest of this chapter contain detailed information about each command the DLT S4 tape drive supports The SCSI commands are
222. ength LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 93 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Table 59 Device Status LOG Fas SENSE Header Field Field Description i ial Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header Figure 47 Log Parameters Format for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Bit Byte Parameter Code ETC 3 Parameter Length MSB a Parameter Value LSB Table 60 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description Parameter Parameter codes 0000h through 0011h 7000h 8000h through 8005h and 9000h through Code 9005h are supported Code Description 0000h Specifies the device type For sequential type devices such as tape drives the value is always 00010000h 0001h Specifies device cleaning related status see figure 48 0002h Specifies the number of loads over the lifetime of the drive 0003h Specifies the remaining number of cleans on the last cleaning cartridge mounted in the drive 0004h Vendor specific DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 94 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description Parameter 0005h Drive temperature in degree
223. ent function is processed so that it affects the command e TARGET RESET or LOGICAL UNIT RESET task management function is processed e Reset condition e Unexpected disconnect Parallel SCSI only Table 11 describes the status codes the drive returns 24 Table 11 Status Codes Autosense DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing Status Code Definition Meaning 00h GOOD The drive successfully completed the command 02h CHECK An exception condition occurred CONDITION 08h BUSY The drive cannot currently service the command and has discarded the CDB The initiator may retry the command later 18h RESERVATION The drive cannot process the command CONFLICT because another initiator has established a reservation and the command is subject to reservations 28h TASK SET FULL The drive does not have the resources to presently accept the command The initiator should retry the command at another time preferably after status is received for a currently outstanding command to the drive Autosense is the automatic return of sense data to the application client coincident with the completion of a SCSI command ending in CHECK CONDITION Note While Fibre Channel and Serial Attached SCSI always support Autosense Parallel SCSI only supports Autosense when running in Information Unit Mode When a command ends with a CHECK CO
224. ently loaded tape if it is unprotected formatted and subsequent unprotected formatted tapes loaded into the drive will become password protected If a tape is mounted and password protected the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The password will be written to the tape in conjunction with a WRITE WRITE FM ERASE or UNLOAD command Blank tapes and password protected tapes will not alter the APD state and will not be modified by this action code DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 147 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description 05h Set Drive Password and write it to all unprotected tapes All unprotected tapes will then automatically become password protected This action sets the APB and APD bits The currently loaded tape if it is unprotected and subsequent unprotected tapes loaded into the drive will become password protected If a tape is mounted and password protected the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The password will be written to the tape in conjunction with a WRITE WRITE FM ERASE or UNLOAD command Password protected tapes will not be modified by this action code 06h Remove Password from the tape Tape must be mounted and the drive password s must match the tape password s This action clears the APB APD and the appropriate TPP bits The drive password is not cleared from driv
225. epending on the internal organization of the memory and the software that controls it fragmentation issues may mean that certain attribute sizes might not be fully accommodated as the medium auxiliary memory nears its maximum capacity FORMATTED DENSITY CODE If the drive formats the medium using a format other than the one specified in the MEDIUM DENSITY CODE attribute for example for compatibility with a previous generation format the FORMATTED DENSITY CODE specifies the DENSITY CODE of the format chosen Otherwise this attribute is the same as the MEDIUM DENSITY CODE 247 Figure 124 DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER Attribute Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch INITALIZATION COUNT Indicates the number of times that a drive has logically formatted the medium This figure is cumulative over the life of the medium and is never reset DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER AT LAST LOAD DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER AT LOAD 1 DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER AT LOAD 2 and DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER AT LOAD 3 Provides a rolling history of the last four drives in which the medium has been loaded The format of the attributes is shown in figure 124 Bit 0 7 Vendor Identification ID LSB MSB 8 39 Product Serial Number LSB Table 140 DEVICE VENDOR er SERIAL NUMBER Attribute Field Description Parameter Data Field Vendor ID Contains the same value returned in the Descripti
226. er Width Exponent The DLT S4 tape drive initiates a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message exchange whenever a previously arranged transfer width agreement may have become invalid The agreement becomes invalid after any condition that may leave the data transfer agreement in an indeterminate state such as e After a hard reset condition e After a TARGET RESET message e After a power cycle The WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message exchange establishes an agreement between two SCSI devices on the width of the data path to be used for DATA phase transfer between them This agreement applies to DATA IN and DATA OUT phases only All other information transfer phases must use an eight bit data path The drive implements both the wide data transfer option and synchronous data transfer option If both wide and synchronous data transfers are used the wide data transfer agreement must be negotiated first If a synchronous data transfer agreement is in effect the drive resets the synchronous agreement to asynchronous mode after accepting a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message The transfer width established applies to all logical units Valid transfer widths for the tape drive are 8 bits transfer width 00h and 16 bits transfer width 01h Other transfer widths are reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 17 Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Link Service and Unsolicited Control Suppo
227. es Note Parameter rounding is supported for all parameters except the Block Descriptor Length parameter SE eee Table 88 Changeable Mode Parameters Within MODE SELECT Page Parameter Default Minimum Maximum Header Buffered Mode Device Specific Byte 1 0 1 Block Descriptor Length 08h 00h 08h Block Descriptor Block Length 0 0 FFFFFCh Read Write Error Recovery 01h PER bit 0 0 1 Control Mode 0Ah Report Log Exception Condition 0 0 1 Control Mode 0Ah Autoload Mode 0 0 2 Data Compression 0Fh Data Compression Enable 1 0 1 Disconnect Reconnect 02h Maximum Burst Size 0080h 0000h FFFFh Device Configuration 10h Write Delay Time 64h 64h 1964h Device Configuration 10h Synchronize at Early Warning 1 0 1 Device Configuration 10h Select Data Compression Algorithm 1 0 1 TapeAlert 1Ch DExcpt 1 0 1 TapeAlert 1Ch Perf 0 0 1 TapeAlert 1Ch Test 0 0 1 TapeAlert 1Ch MRIE 3 0 6 TapeAlert 1Ch Test Flag 0 0 1 All values between the minimum and maximum must be an even multiple of 4 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 156 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah a Figure 80 MODE SENSE 6 Command Descriptor Block Data Format The MODE SENSE command allows the tape drive to report its media type and current or changeable configuration parameters to the host It
228. es all reservation keys If the last valid APTPL bit value is 1 the drive retains all persistent reservations and all reservation keys for all initiators even if power is lost and later restored The most recently received valid APTPL value from any initiator governs the drive s behavior in the event of a power loss Table 126 illustrates the fields the application client sets and which the drive interprets for each service and scope value DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 228 Table 126 DLT S4 Tape Drive Interpretation of Service and Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Scope Value Parameters Service Action Reservation Service Action Allowed Scope Type Reservation Key Key Register Ignored Ignored Valid Valid Register and Ignored Ignored Valid Ignored IgnoreExisting Key Reserve LU Valid Ignored Valid Release LU Valid Ignored Valid Clear Ignored Ignored Ignored Valid Preempt LU Valid Valid Valid Preempt amp Abort LU Valid Valid Valid Register and Move LU Valid Valid Valid PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command with REGISTER AND MOVE Service Action Parameters Figure 115 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command with REGISTER AND MOVE DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide The parameter list format shown in figure 115 is used by the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with REGISTER AND MOVE service action 229 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh
229. es that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 10h identifies this as the Device Configuration page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 CAF Change Active Format Not supported Active Format Not supported Active Partition Indicates the current logical partition number in use Always set to 0 The drive only supports partition 0 Write Buffer Full Indicates how full the buffer should be before the drive restarts writing to the Ratio medium The drive sets this field to 0 unused since it uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to adjust its ratio dynamically according to the average data rates Read Buffer Empty Indicates how empty the buffer should be before the drive restarts reading from Ratio the medium The drive sets this field to 0 unused since it uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to adjust its ratio dynamically according to the average data rates Write Delay Time Indicates the maximum time in 100 msec increments that the drive waits with a partially fully buffer before forcing the data to tape Note that the buffer full empty ratio which is dynamic can cause the drive to write data sooner than the WRITE delay time value indicates The WRITE delay time defaults to 100 64h This causes the drive to flush the buffer after 10 seconds The minimum value is 15 Fh the
230. escriptor Phy Identifier Phy Identifier Always set to 0 Attached Device Type Reflects the Device Type reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Negotiated Physical Link Rate The value for this field is either 8h or 9h indicating a Physical Link Rate of 1 5 Gbps or 3 0 Gbps Attached SSP Initiator Port Reflects the SSP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached STP Initiator Port Reflects the STP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached SMP Initiator Port Reflects the SMP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached SSP Target Port Reflects the SSP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached STP Target Port Attached SMP Target Port Reflects the STP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Reflects the SMP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 82 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Descriptor SAS Address Indicates the SAS Address of the drive Attached SAS Address Reflects the SAS Address reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached Phy Identifier Reflects the Phy Identifier reported in the Identify Address fra
231. et to 1 The drive does not require receipt of an Address or Port Discovery following loop initialization DLM Disable Loop Master Always set to 0 The drive participates in loop master arbitration in the normal manner RHA Require Hard Address Always set to 0 The drive attempts to acquire a soft address if it cannot obtain a hard address ALWLI Allow Login Without Loop Initialization Always set to 0 The drive only enters the monitoring mode after it has gone through loop initialization DTIPE Disable Tape Initiated Port Enable Always set to 0 The drive performs an LIP and attempts to participate in the loop as soon as power is restored DTOLI Disable Tape Originated Loop Initialization Always set to 0 The drive generates the initializing LIP after it successfully enables a port into a loop RR_TOV Units Resource Recovery Timeout Units Always set to 101b The drive uses a ten second unit of measure for RR_TOV in all cases RR_TOV Resource Recovery Timeout Value Always set to 1Eh The drive always uses an RR_TOV value of 300 seconds Figure 98 SAS Port Control MODE SENSE Page Data Format Bit Byte Page Code 19h 1 Page Length 06h 2 Reserved Beacy LED Protocol Identifier 6h Meaning 3 Reserved MSB 4 5 I_T Nexus Loss Time LSB MSB 6 7 Initiator Response Timeout LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 186 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands
232. f data to verify in blocks or bytes as indicated by the Fixed field Length DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 334 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE Command OAh WRITE Command OAh The WRITE command transfers one or more data blocks from the host to the current logical position on tape When in Buffered Mode which is the default mode of operation the DLT S4 tape drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the requested data block or blocks have been transferred to the data buffer See MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h on page 98 for more information on Buffered Mode Figure 170 WRITE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code OAh 1 Reserved Fixed 2 4 Transfer Length LSB 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 335 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE Command OAh Table 190 WRITE Command Data Field Descriptions Field Description Fixed Sets both the meaning of the Transfer Length field When set to 0 a single block is transferred from the initiator and is written to the drive beginning at the current logical tape position Upon successful termination the drive logically positions the tape after this block on the EOM EOP side The Transfer Length specifies the length of block in bytes When set to 1 the Transfer Length field specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the drive and written to the medium beginning
233. fication 3 Third Party Device ID 4 6 Reserved TiS Parameter List Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 318 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RESERVE 10 Command 56h eee eee ey Table 176 RESERVE 10 Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description 3rdPty When set to 1 indicates that the Third Party Device ID field is valid LongID When set to 1 the Parameter List Length is 8 and the 8 bytes of the parameter list carry the device ID of the third party device The drive ignores the contents of the Third Party Device ID in the CDB byte 3 This bit is ignored if the 3rdPty bit is not set Extent Must be set to 0 Reservation Ignored Identification Third Party Device Required and used only when the 3rdPty bit is set to 1 in which case this field ID specifies the SCSI ID of the initiator to be granted the reservation of the drive The drive ignores any attempt to release the reservation made by any other initiator For example if ID7 sends ID2 a third party reservation on behalf of ID6 the target at ID2 gets reserved for the initiator ID6 only ID7 can release the target at ID2 using a third party release D6 cannot release the reservation even though the reservation was made on its behalf Parameter List Length The contents of this field specify the length in bytes of the parameter list transferred from the initiator to the drive This field is ignored and no
234. g DATA Command Length in CDB Data Out to drive Data In from drive ERASE 0 INQUIRY Allocation Standard Inquiry or a Vital Product Data page LOAD UNLOAD 0 LOCATE 0 LOG SELECT Parameter List Write Error Count Page Read Error Count Page and Compression Ratio Page LOG SENSE Allocation Log Page MODE Parameter List Mode Parameter SELECT 6 10 Header 4 Block Descriptor 8 Page s MODE Allocation Mode Parameter Header 4 SENSE 6 10 Block Descriptor 8 Page s PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Allocation Parameter Data PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Parameter Length Parameter List PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM 0 REMOVAL READ Transfer Data READ BLOCK LIMITS 0 Block Length Limits READ BUFFER Allocation Buffer Offset and Allocation Length and or Test Data READ POSITION Determined by Position Identifier or Long Bit SCSI Logical Address DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 27 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing Command Length in CDB Data Out to drive Data In from drive RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC Allocation Diagnostic Page RESULTS REPORT DENSITY Allocation Density Support Header 4 SUPPORT Density Support Descriptors REPORT DEVICE Allocation Device Identification Information IDENTIFIER REPORT
235. g of Tape BOT The drive goes through a calibration process at power on and loading of media Fibre Channel Transceivers are turned on and auto speed negotiation occurs unless a speed jumper on the rear panel of the drive is set in which case the drive operates at the selected speed Topology is initialized loop point to point or fabric In point to point mode the drive is ready to send a FLOGI to determine if there is a fabric present In public loop mode the drive is ready to log into the fabric In private loop mode the drive is ready to accept a login request from a host The drive rewinds the tape to Beginning of Tape BOT The drive goes through a calibration process at power on and loading of media Following power on self test POST and self initialization the tape drive is ready to respond to interface traffic The drive responds to tape motion commands with CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to NOT READY until the tape medium is ready 29 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing e Serial Attached SCSI e Transceivers are turned on auto speed negotiation occurs and the link reset sequence is initiated e The drive rewinds the tape to Beginning of Tape BOT e The drives goes through a calibration process at power on and loading of media e Following power on self test POST and s
236. ge excluding bytes 0 and 1 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 164 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description TB Transfer Block The drive does not support the Transfer Block when not fully recovered function Always set to 0 EER Enable Early Recovery Always set to 1 PER Parity Error When set to 1 enables reporting of CHECK CONDITION for recovered READ WRITE errors Default is 0 DTE Disable Transfer on Error Always set to 0 DCR Disable ECC Correction Bit Always set to 0 READ Retry Count Reports the maximum number of re reads the drive attempts before declaring an unrecoverable error WRITE Retry Count Reports the maximum number or overwrite retries the drive attempts before declaring an unrecoverable error Disconnect Reconnect The drive supports the Disconnect Reconnect Page the format is shown Page 02h in the following figures for Parallel SCSI see figure 86 for Fibre Channel see figure 87 and for SAS see figure 88 Figure 86 Parallel SCSI Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 02h 1 Page Length OEh 2 Buffer Full Ratio 0 3 Buffer Empty Ratio 0 MSB 4 5 Bus Inactivity Limit 0 LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 165 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Bit
237. ge Code Valid Must be set to 0 indicating that Descriptions the most recent SEND DIAGNOSTIC command defines the data this command returns Page Code Not used Allocation Specifies the number of bytes of diagnostic page Length results the drive is allowed to send to the initiator The drive returns the following data as a result of the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command The sense data will contain more detailed information following a CHECK CONDITION status on a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 276 Figure 138 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command 1Ch Bit 7 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Controller Present Flag 1 Controller Error ASQ 2 Drive Present Flag 3 Drive Error ASQ 4 7 MB Written 8 11 Total Write Errors 12 15 MB Read 16 19 Total Read Errors 20 Drive Health Check Status 21 Media Health Check Status Notes 1 Controller and Drive Present Flags 1 Present 0 Not present N Controller and Drive Error ASQs 0 No error Non zero Error 3 Contains the highest severity TapeAlert flag set against the drive or media DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide This information indicates which of the main components of the DLT S4 tape drive subsystem may have failed diagnostic testing For the Level 1 Electronics test the first four fields are set to 1 and the second four fields are set to 0 For
238. gotiated Settings Mode Subpage shown in figure 101 is used to report the negotiated settings of a SCSI target port for the current I_T nexus for Parallel SCSI only For additional information see figure 68 Note The values reported in this page pertain to protocol options negotiated or established on the SCSI Parallel interface used to transfer the data None of these parameters are changeable with a MODE SELECT command For a description of the possible settings see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard OM Figure 101 Parallel SCSI SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Data Format Bit 0 PS 0 SPF 1 Page Code 19h 1 Subpage Code 03h MSB 2 3 Page Length 0Ah LSB 4 Reserved 5 Reserved Protocol Identifier 1h 6 Transfer Period Factor 7 Reserved 8 REQ ACK Offset 9 Transfer Width Exponent 10 Reserved Protocol Options Bits 11 Reserved Transceiver Mode PC nee P ao 12 Reserved 13 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 192 Table 109 Parallel SCSI SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Field Descriptions Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 1 Indicates that this page uses the sub_page mode format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value
239. h 190 000 bpi 56 logical tracks serial cartridge tape 160 GB 320 GB Super DLTtape I 4Ah 233 000 bpi 40 logical tracks serial cartridge tape 300 GB 600 GB Super DLTtape II 4Bh 256 000 bpi 80 logical tracks serial cartridge tape 800 GB 1600 GB DLTtape 4 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 162 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description Number of Blocks Set to 0 indicating that all of the remaining logical blocks on the tape have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor Block Length Specifies the length in bytes of each logical block transferred A block length of 0 indicates that the length is variable as specified in the I O command Any other value indicates the number of bytes per block that are used for READ WRITE and VERIFY type commands that specify a fixed bit of 1 Fixed Block Mode Page codes and supported pages are Table 92 Supported MODE SENSE Block Pages and Page Codes Page Code Description SENSE SELECT Refer to 00h No Requested Page SENSE O1h Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h BOTH page 164 02h Disconnect Reconnect Page 02h BOTH page 165 0Ah Control Mode Page 0Ah BOTH pagen OFh Data Compression Page OFh BOTH page 173 10h Device Configuration Page 10h BOTH page 176 11h Medium Partition Page 11h BOTH page 179 18h
240. h is returned in Page Length MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT PAX Password Attempts Exceeded This read only bit is set when the allowed number of attempts to unlock the cartridge with the correct password have been exceeded The number of attempts allowed is 32 per cartridge per load This bit is cleared when the cartridge is unloaded When the number of password attempts has been exceeded the sense data reported when a medium access command is rejected will change from Data Protect Access Denied Invalid Management ID Key 07 20 03 to Data Protect Access Denied Password Attempts Exceeded 07 20 80 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 202 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description PCP Password Change Pending This read only bit indicates that the desired tape password has been sent to the drive and is stored in drive memory but has not been written to tape This bit is set anytime a tape is intended to be password protected with action codes 02 Set Drive Password and write it to tape 03 Set Drive Password and write it to all blank tapes and 04 Set Drive Password and write it to all unprotected formatted tapes and cleared by successful directory write or next load of the tape Ifthe currently loaded tape is blank a WRITE WRITE FM or ERASE command is required to wri
241. he WRITE ATTRIBUTES commands All other attributes are reported as read only DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 245 Standard Device Type Attributes Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch The drive maintains and updates device type attributes see table 139 when the medium and associated medium auxiliary memory are present Table 139 Device Type Attributes for EMAM Supported by the DLT S4 Tape Drive Firmware Attribute Attribute Identifier Name Length Format Refer to 0000h REMAINING CAPACITY IN PARTITION 8 BINARY page 246 0001h MAXIMUM CAPACITY IN PARTITION 8 BINARY page 246 0002h TAPE ALERT FLAGS 8 BINARY page 246 0003h LOAD COUNT 8 BINARY page 246 0004h MAM SPACE REMAINING 8 BINARY page 246 0005h ASSIGNING ORGANIZATION 8 ASCII 0006h FORMATTED DENSITY CODE 1 BINARY page 246 0007h INITIALIZATION COUNT 2 BINARY page 247 0008h Reserved 020Ah 020Ah DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER AT LAST LOAD 40 ASCII page 247 020Bh DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER AT LOAD 1 40 ASCII page 247 020Ch DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER AT LOAD 2 40 ASCII page 247 020Dh DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER AT LOAD 3 40 ASCII page 247 020Eh Reserved 021Fh 0220h TOTAL MBYTES WRITTEN IN MEDIUM LIFE 8 BINARY page 247 0221h TOTAL MBYTES READ IN MEDIUM LIFE 8 BINARY page 247 0222h TOTAL MBYTES WRITTEN IN CURRENT LAST 8 BINARY page 248 LOAD
242. he TransportID field must use the format for the interface type that is present on the drive PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command 1Eh This command enables or disables unloading the data cartridge The drive maintains PREVENT ALLOW status for each initiator separately Figure 116 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 1Eh 1 Reserved 2 3 Reserved 4 Reserved Prevent 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 232 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ Command 08h Table 128 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Value Description Preven 0 Clears the Prevent state corresponding to the initiator When all initiators have t cleared their Prevent states the Eject button and UNLOAD commands are enabled both for the drive and for any attached tape automation system library or loader By default after power on or a logical unit reset the PREVENT MEDIUM REMOVAL function is cleared 1 Effectively disables the Eject button on the drive s front panel or a LOAD UNLOAD command from unloading the medium If the drive is in a tape automation system any MOVE MEDIUM command is prevented from removing a data cartridge READ Command 08h The READ command transfers one or more data blocks from the medium to the initiator starting with the next block on the tape
243. he Write Once Read Many WORM bit indicates if the device is capable of supporting this mode This bit is always set to 1 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 49 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number Page B1h Figure 17 and table 27 specify and describe the Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number Page Figure 17 Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number Page Data Format Bit 2 1 Byte 7 6 5 4 3 0 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 Page Code B1h 2 Reserved 3 Page Length 10h 4 19 Manufacturer Serial Number Table 27 Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number Page Field Descriptions Field Description Peripheral Qualifier Contains 000b Peripheral Device Contains 01h Type Page Code A value of B1h identifies this as the Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number page Page Length Contains 10h that indicates the size of the returned Manufacturer Assigned Serial Number page Manufacturer Serial The Manufacturer Serial Number field contains right aligned ASCII data that is Number the manufacturer assigned serial number DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 50 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Firmware Build Information Page COh Figure 18 shows the format of the Firmware Build Information page the drive returns Figure 18 Firmware Build Information Page Data Format Byte EN 7 6 5
244. he passwords do not match the following operations will be rejected and sense data presented to the host WRITE WRITE FMs READ LOCATE VERIFY ERASE SPACE WRITE ATTRIBUTES SEND DIAG and WRITE BUFFER If the tape is not password protected and the action code is to password protect the tape then the passwords are written to tape at the next possible opportunity when the tape is positioned at BOT In the event of a password mismatch the following commands are rejected WRITE WRITE FMs READ LOCATE VERIFY ERASE SPACE WRITE ATTRIBUTES SEND DIAG and WRITE BUFFER The sense data returned when one of these commands is rejected is e Sense data 0x07 0x20 0x03 Data Protect Access Denied Invalid Management ID Key In the event of an attempt to disable a password protected tape or add a password to a non protected tape when not at BOT the following sense data will be available on the interface e Sense data 0x05 0x82 0x00 Illegal request Action not allowed away from BOT 149 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h In the event of excessive attempts to select the correct password when the number of password attempts has been exceeded the sense data will change from e Data Protect Access Denied Invalid Management ID Key 07 20 03 to Data Protect Access Denied Password Attempts Exceeded 07 20 80 Drive Password and The drive password and the Password Protection State
245. hy Control and Discover Mode Subpage Field DeSCriptOnss ctiicsccsaisevcssscstedssssdes svnstsase eseobdscdsssancatos Mauls SAS Phy Mode Descriptor Field Descriptions Parallel SCSI SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Field Descriptions eee ee eeeeeeeees Parallel SCSI SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Field Descriptions eee Medium Configuration Mode Page Field Descriptio engeniaire e a E EE Data Security Mode Page Field Descriptions xxiii DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 113 Table 114 Table 115 Table 116 Table 117 Table 118 Table 119 Table 120 Table 121 Table 122 Table 123 Table 124 Table 125 Table 126 Table 127 Table 128 Table 129 Table 130 Tables EEPROM MODE SENSE Page Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions tees eeeeteneseeseseneeeteees PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command Field IDESCHIP TONS 05 cies ea cad a EEEE Read Keys Parameters Field DescriptionS 00008 Read Reservation Parameters Field Descriptions PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read Reservation Descriptor Field Descriptions ieee eeeeseeeseeeeteees PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Type Codes PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Parameter Data for REPORT CAPABILITIES Field Descriptions 0 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Type Mask Field Desci pion Soar a deena Mise E ETRS PER
246. iators The drive sets the Additional Sense Code to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET If the RLEC bit is 0 and the comparison is met the drive does not generate a UNIT ATTENTION TMC Threshold Met Criteria Once the criteria specified in this field are met the ETC bit is 1 and the RLEC bit in the MODE SENSE SELECT Control Page is set to 1 the drive generates a UNIT ATTENTION for all initiators The criteria for comparison are Code Basis of Comparison 00b Every update of the cumulative value 01b Cumulative value equal to threshold value 10b Cumulative value not equal to threshold value 11b Cumulative value greater than threshold value DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 62 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Field Description TMC continued e The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that each parameter can attain The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed since the last reset of the tape drive by power cycle TARGET RESET SCSI RESET or FCP TARGET RESET The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each parameter is initialized at a reset condition Default value is 0 By default Current Threshold Values are set to Default Threshold Values Note that all types of parameter values are changeable using LOG SELECT LBIN List Binary Must be set to 0 LP List Parameter Always set this bit to 0 to indicate that parameter codes are treated as data
247. icates the amount of data physically read from the medium during this load of the medium This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Current Read Retries Count Indicates the number of times the drive performed a Read retry during this load of the medium Previous Amount of Data Written Indicates the amount of data physically written to the medium during the previous load of the medium This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Previous Indicates the total number of times the drive performed a Write retry during the Write Retries previous load of the medium Count Previous Indicates the amount of data physically read from the medium during the previous Amount of load of the medium This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a Data Read value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Previous Read Retries Count Indicates the number of times the drive performed a Read retry during the previous load of the medium Total Amount Indicates the amount of data physically written to the medium since the last medium of Data format This value is expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 Written means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on Total
248. ield Description Rewind on Reset Always set to 01b indicating that the drive rewinds the tape medium on a logical unit reset operation AsocWP Associated Write Protection Always set to 0 PersWP Persistent Write Protection Always set to 0 PrmWP Permanent Write Protection Always set to 0 Medium Partition Page The drive supports the Medium Partition Page The format for the page is 11h shown in figure 92 Figure 92 Medium Partition MODE SENSE Page Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 11h 1 Page Length 06h 2 Maximum Additional Partitions 0 3 Additional Partitions Defined 0 4 FDP 0 SDP 0 IDP 0 PSUM 0 POEM 0 Clear 0 ADDP 0 5 Medium Format Recognition 01 6 Reserved Partition Units 0 7 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 179 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Table 100 Medium Partition MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 11h identifies this as the Medium Partition page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Maximum Always set to 0 Additional Partitions Additional
249. ies the length in bytes of all of the block descriptors If the DBD bit in the CDB is set to 0 this value is 8 indicating one Block Descriptor was sent If the DBD bit in the CDB is set to 1 this value is 0 indicating no Block Descriptors were sent 1 When these oe are mounted in the drive the MODE SENSE information reports the Media Type and the correct Density Co e as detected on the tape and sets the Write Protect WP bit in the MODE SENSE header to 1 Any command that attempts to write to the medium WRITE WRITE FILEMARKS ERASE returns CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Key set to DATA PROTECT 7 and the Additional Sense Code or Additional Sense Code Qualifier set to CANNOT WRITE MEDIUM INCOMPATIBLE FORMAT 30h 05h The drive does not update the medium DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 161 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah MODE SENSE Block Figure 84 describes the MODE SENSE block descriptor that follows the Descriptor MODE SENSE header A description of the MODE SENSE block descriptor is provided in table 91 Figure 84 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor Data Format 0 0 Density Code MSB IE Number of Blocks 000000h LSB 4 Reserved MSB Dest Block Length LSB Table 91 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor Field Descriptions Field Description Density Code Matches the current tape medium density Density Code Description 00h Default density 49
250. ifferentiates between released and test versions of firmware The Released Firmware field combined with the Minor Version field can be used to determine the Code Version Released customer code has no minor firmware version number byte 38 is set to 0 The following shows how to determine the Code Version based on the Minor Version and the Released Firmware Fields Code Released Minor Version Firmware _ Version V code 1 0 T code 1 Non zero X code 0 any Version Number Fields These fields display the various version numbers in binary format instead of ASCII Firmware Personality Numeric indicator of firmware personality Note that when set to 4 indicates OEM family Firmware Subpersonality Indicates the variant of the firmware personality Always set to 1 indicating the primary firmware personality variant Vendor Specific Subtype Product identification Media Loader Present Flag Set to zero to indicate there is no attached medium changer present Library Present Flag Set to 0 to indicate the drive has not detected the presence of a library controller Set to a non zero value when communications has been established with a tape automation system Module Revision A 4 byte ASCII string representing the revision level of the tape drive s module the controller PCBA attached to the drive DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 40 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY
251. igurable using the Disconnect Reconnect page of the MODE SELECT command The DLT S4 tape drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus Therefore the drive does not 1 Generate unsolicited traffic on the network 2 Initiate its own SCSI commands 3 Assert bus reset Chapter 1 Introduction Background Information About SCSI FibreChannel The features of the DLT S4 Fibre Channel implementation include Characteristics e Automatic speed negotiation with transfer rates of e 100 megabytes per second 1 Gb second e 200 megabytes per second 2 Gb second e 400 megabytes per second 4 Gb second e Automatic topology negotiation the tape drive operates as an NL_Port or N_Port e Arbitrated Loop private loop NL_Port to NL_Port s e Arbitrated Loop public loop NL_Port to NL_Port s and one FL_Port e Fabric attachment N_Port to F_Port e Point to Point attachment N_Port to N_Port e FCP 2 compliant e Class 3 level of service e Basic and extended link services e Task retry identification e Hard assigned port addresses when attached to a library The library can assign a hard address to the tape drive If the library does not assign a hard address the tape drive takes a soft address initially e The DLT S4 tape drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus Therefore the drive does not 1 Generate unsolicited traffic on the bus 2 Initiate its own SCSI commands 3 Assert bus reset World wide Names Alth
252. information as it relates to the DLT S4 tape drive This document uses the following conventions Note Notes emphasize important information related to the main topic Tech Tip Tech Tips provide technical information which may be helpful in performing the procedure Caution Cautions indicate potential hazards to equipment and are included to prevent damage to equipment Warning Warnings indicate potential hazards to personal safety and are included to prevent injury This manual uses the following Right side of the tape drive Refers to the right side as you face the component being described Left side of the tape drive Refers to the left side as you face the component being described b All binary numbers are succeeded by b h All hexadecimal numbers are succeeded by h Error or attention conditions are represented in parenthesis that translate as follows XXX Related Documents DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Preface SK S ASC AA ASCQ QQ where S hexadecimal sense key value AA hexadecimal additional sense code QQ hexadecimal additional sense code qualifier The following documents are related to the DLT S4 tape drive Document No Document Title Document Description 81 81278 xx DLT S4 Product Provides specification and Manual usage instructions for the tape drive 81 81279 xx DLT S4 Pro
253. ing actions releasing actions and reservation actions are performed Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any initiator except by executing a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that specifies either the Preempt or Preempt amp Abort service action New persistent reservations not in conflict with an existing persistent reservation execute normally 06h Register Behaves like the Register 00h action except that it ignores the Reservation Key in and the parameter list and treats it as if it matched the current registration if one exists Ignore for the initiator Key 07h Register Registers the specified initiator port and moves the reservation to the initiator port and Move DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 225 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Table 124 presents the definitions of the available Type values from the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Read Reservation parameters Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations for WRITE operations and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations referred to as Additional Reservations Allowed in the table Table 124 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Type Codes Code Name Description Oh Obsolete 1h WRITE READS Shared Any application client on any initiator may execute commands Exclusive that perform transfers from the tape me
254. iod the tape drive is permitted to maintain a connection without transferring a frame This value is specified in 100us increments Always set to 1 Maximum Connect Indicates the maximum duration of a connection This value is specified in Time Limit 100us increments Always set to AOh Maximum Burst Size Defaults to 80h limiting bursts to a size of 64K First Burst Size Always set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 170 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Control Mode Page 0Ah The Control Mode Page allows the initiator to determine whether the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status when one of the WRITE and READ counters has reached a specified threshold Figure 89 Control Mode MODE SENSE Page Data Format Page Code 0Ah 1 Page Length 0Ah 2 TST 1 Reserved D_Sense 0 GLTSD 0 RLEC Queue Algorithm Modifier 1 Reserved QErr 0 DQue 0 UA_Intlck_Ctrl 0 SWP 0 Obsolete 5 Reserved Autoload Mode 6 7 Obsolete 8 9 Busy Timeout Period FFFFh LSB 10 11 Extended Self test Completion Time 030Ch LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 171 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Table 97 Control Mode MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indi
255. ion Algorithm 10h LSB 12 15 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 116 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 71 Data Compression MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 0Fh identifies this as the Data Compression Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT DCE Data Compression Enable Specifies whether the drive enables or disables data compression When set to 1 the drive compresses all data before writing it to tape When set to 0 the drive does not compress data before writing it to tape DCC Data Compression Capable The MODE SENSE command uses this bit to indicate that the drive supports data compression DDE Data Decompression Enable Must be set to 1 When the drive reads compressed data from tape it automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the host Data decompression must always be enabled RED Report Exception on Decompression The drive does not report exceptions on decompression boundaries between compressed and uncompress
256. ir tri rrr 2 Fibre Channel Characteristics sersessrsdisii ieina Ra 3 Serial Attached SCSI Characteristics ceccssessseseceeneeeeseeeseseeeaeereaes 4 Chapter 2 Task Management 5 Task Management by Transport Layer Overview c cise e teense 6 Task Management Function ccceccccsssesesescscsesesesceeseseseececssarsnesesecesananeseeanes 7 TARGET RESET aci csss dos vrs ia me hess aaa ae HN STM nanan 7 LOGICAL UNIT RESET ou eeeeecceesesescseencsesesesencncsescseseecaraeaeseeescasanaeeeenes 7 CLEAR TASK SET ic csaisieie Hie iannanemaiiarindaisinaiviendnne 8 ABORF TASK eisenos ceee testes R S a R E E eT 8 ABORT TASK SET ssss ccsticessnepeisdverenses dncnendtbienndbapetann baapenens andes eiies 8 COUR Y TASK sss ce ses cscs reten nesae ces cdsayseeacesvestansevssuv nastenetesbacsanetveiqstsoeveleaesoess 8 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide iii Contents Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details 9 Parallel SCS n E E O 10 SCSI Bus Reset CONGO Missirien aessa E 10 Supported Messages ivcscssssiacisersvotvesssseseteecsesdvonocevensestotstonseorstsratererstenteats 11 Supported Task Management for Information Units 0 0 0 0 13 Synchronous Data Transfer Request ccccessseseseseseeseeceesestaeseeesees 13 Parallel Protocol Request 00 ccceeeecseseessseseecsseececeeseeseaeecnsaeeseeaeeeees 15 Wide Data Transfer Request cee cccseseeseceseeenseseecseseeeceeatseeeneeaeeenenes 17 PUbre eY gi nte E E
257. ium type The primary density code values are listed in ascending order Any unused bytes in this field contain zero Media Width The MEDIA WIDTH field specifies the width of the medium This field has units of tenths of millimeters Media Length The MEDIUM LENGTH field specifies the nominal length of the medium This field has units of meters Assigning The ASSIGNING ORGANIZATION field contains eight bytes of ASCII data Organization identifying the organization responsible for the specifications defining the values in this medium type descriptor Medium Type The MEDIUM TYPE NAME field contains eight bytes of ASCII data identifying the Name document or other identifying name that is associated with this medium type descriptor Description The DESCRIPTION field contains twenty bytes of ASCII data describing the medium type DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 288 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command A3h 05h REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command A3h 05h The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command requests that the drive send device identification information established through the use of a SET DEVICE IDENTIFICATION command Figure 146 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code A3h 1 Reserved Service Action 05h 2 5 Reserved 6 9 Allocation Length LSB 10 Reserved 11 Control 289 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide
258. ive physically positions the tape at EOM P DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 336 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command 8Dh WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command 8Dh The WRITE ATTRIBUTE command allows an application client to write attributes to Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM The WRITE ATTRIBUTE command is the functional counterpart of the READ ATTRIBUTE command Application clients issue READ ATTRIBUTE commands before using this command to discover DLT S4 tape drive support for EMAM features Table 191 WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 8Dh 1 Reserved 2 4 Restricted 5 Volume Number 6 Reserved 7 Partition Number 8 9 Reserved MSB 10 13 Parameter List Length LSB 14 Reserved 15 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 337 Table 192 WRITE ATTRIBUTE Parameter Command Data Field Descriptions Figure 171 WRITE ATTRIBUTE Parameter List Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands WRITE ATTRIBUTE Command 8Dh Field Volume Number Partition Number Parameter List Length Description Specifies a volume within the medium auxiliary memory Must be set to 0 Super DLTtape media comprises a single volume Specifies a partition within a volume Must be set to 0 Super DLTtape media comprises a single partition Specifies the length in bytes of the parameter list contained in the Data
259. ject Buffer LSB oee a Table 151 READ POSITION Short Form Data Field Descriptions Field Description BOP Beginning of Partition When set to 1 indicates that the drive is at the Beginning of Partition BOP in the current partition When set to 0 indicates that the current logical position is not at BOP Since DLT S4 tape drives do not support more than one partition the value of this bit is 1 when at BOT EOP End of Partition When set to 1 indicates that the drive is positioned between early warning and the End of Partition EOP in the current partition When set to 0 indicates that the current logical position is not between early warning and EOP LOCU Logical Object Count Unknown When set to 1 indicates that the value contained in the Number of Logical Objects in Object Buffer field does not accurately represent the actual number of logical objects in the object buffer When set to 0 indicates that the value contained in the Number of Logical Objects in Object Buffer field is accurate BYCU Byte Count Unknown When set to 1 indicates that the value contained in the Number of Bytes in Object Buffer field does not accurately represent the actual number of bytes in the object buffer When set to 0 indicates that the value contained in the Number of Bytes in Object Buffer field is accurate DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 272 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h Field
260. k Figure 129 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 3Ch 1 Reserved Mode 2 Buffer ID MSB 3 5 Buffer Offset LSB MSB 6 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 264 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch Table 148 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Field Description Mode The drive supports the following values for this field Mode Description 00h Combined Header and Data Mode see page 266 02h Data Mode see page 266 03h Descriptor Mode see page 267 OAh Read Data from Echo Buffer see page 267 OBh Echo Buffer Descriptor Mode see page 268 Buffer ID Indicates from which buffer the data is to be transferred Possible values are Buffer Description 00h This 32 KB buffer is used with the WRITE BUFFER command to provide a diagnostic capability for testing the SCSI bus or Fibre Channel or SAS network hardware integrity or both Olh This buffer is used to read the drive s RAM and EEPROM Its effective size is 8186 KB 02h This buffer is used to read the drive s data cache RAM The Available Length field returned in Combined Header and Data mode and the Buffer Capacity field returned in Descriptor mode are not large enough to express the size of the data cache RAM so both fields return to 0 03h This buffer is u
261. l The READ BLOCK LIMITS data shown in figure 127 The command does not reflect the currently selected block size only the available limits The MODE SENSE command returns the current block size Figure 127 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data Data Format 0 Reserved Granularity 0 MSB 1 3 Maximum Block Length 0xFFFFFC LSB MSB 4 5 Minimum Block Length 0004H LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 262 Figure 128 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data Field Descriptions DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ BLOCK LIMITS Command 05h Field Description Granularity Indicates the granularity of block sizes the drive supports Block sizes must be an even multiple of 2 raised to the granularity power This field is set to 0 for all densities indicating any block size between the minimum and the maximum is acceptable Maximum Indicates the maximum block length The drive Block Length supports a maximum block length of 16 777 212 16 MB 4 Minimum Indicates the minimum block length For Super Block Length DLTtape format the minimum block length is 4 263 READ BUFFER Command 3Ch Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch The READ BUFFER command is used with the WRITE BUFFER command as a diagnostic function for testing the tape drive s data buffer for possible diagnostic data and for checking the integrity of the SCSI bus or Fibre Channel or SAS networ
262. lid Association Set to 1h indicating that the Identifier is associated with the port Identifier Type Set to 3h indicating this identifier is of the NAA type Identifier Length Specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier field If the Allocation Length field of the CDB is too small to transfer the entire identifier the Identifier Length value is not adjusted to reflect the truncation NAA Identifier Contains the Name Address Authority NAA identifier for the port DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 47 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Relative Target Port Identifier Figure 15 shows the format of the Relative Target Port Identifier Figure 15 Relative Target Port Identifier Data Format 0 Protocol Identifier Code Set 1 1 PIV 1 Reserved Association 1 Identifier Type 4 2 Reserved 3 Identifier Length 04h 4 5 Obsolete 6 7 Relative Target Port Identifier Table 25 Relative Target Port Identifier Field Descriptions Field Description Protocol Identifier The drive returns 0h if the protocol is Fibre Channel 1h if the protocol is Parallel SCSI and 6h if the protocol is SAS Code Set Set to 1h indicating binary data PIV Set to 1h indicating that the value returned in the Protocol Identifier field is valid Association Set to 1h indicating that the Identifier is associated with the port Identifier Type Set to 4h indi
263. lows the host to specify at which parameter within a log page the requested data should begin For example if a page supports parameters 0 through 5 and the Parameter Pointer contains 3 the drive returns only parameters 3 4 and 5 Similarly if a page supports parameters 1 3 and 6 and the Parameter Pointer contains 2 the drive returns only parameters 3 and 6 If the Parameter Pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page the drive terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB Note The drive always returns parameters within a page in ascending order according to the parameter code Allocation Length Specifies the maximum number of bytes that the host allocated for returning data The host uses this field to limit the size of data transfers to its own internal buffer size a aaa ee Error Summary in LOG The following conditions constitute errors the drive detects relating to the SENSE Command Descriptor Block LOG SENSE CDB The drive terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB Error conditions occur when e The drive does not support the requested page e The parameter pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page e The SP bit is set to 1 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 68 Cha
264. lue for this field is 10h indicating that the Lempel Ziv high efficiency data Algorithm decompression algorithm is in use If EEPROM parameter EnaRepDCcomp is set the drive reports a value of 0 if the last block read is not decompressed DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 175 Device Configuration Page 10h page is shown in figure 91 Figure 91 Device Configuration MODE SENSE Page Data Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah The drive supports the Device Configuration Page The format for the Format By De it 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 10h 1 Page Length 0Eh 2 Reserved Obsolete CAF 0 Active Format 0 3 Active Partition 0 4 Write Buffer Full Ratio 0 5 Read Buffer Empty Ratio 0 MSB 6 7 Write Delay Time LSB 8 DBR 0 BIS 1 RSmk 0 AVC 0 SOCF 0 RBO 0 REW 0 9 Gap Size 0 10 EOD Defined 0 EEG 0 SEW SWP 0 Reserved MSB 11 13 Buffer Size at Early Warning 0 LSB 14 Select Data Compression Algorithm 15 Reserved OIR Rewind on Reset 1 AsocWP 0 PersWP 0 PrmWP 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 176 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Table 99 Device Configuration MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicat
265. mand 1Ah 5Ah Figure 97 Fibre Channel Port Control MODE SENSE Page Data Format 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 19h 1 Page Length 2 Reserved Protocol Identifier Oh 3 DTFD PLPB DDIS DLM RHA ALWLI DTIPE DTOLI 4 5 Reserved 6 Reserved RR_TOV Units 7 Resource Recovery Time out RR_TOV Table 105 Fibre Channel Port Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 19h identifies this as the Port Control page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Protocol A value of 0h indicates that this mode page applies to an FCP 2 port see the Fibre Identifier Channel Protocol 2 FCP 2 standard DTFD Disable Tape Drive Fabric Discovery Always set to 0 The drive always recognizes a fabric loop port if it is present PLPB Prevent Loop Port Bypass Always set to 1 The loop port is always participating and ignores all LPE and LPB primitives DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 185 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description DDIS Disable Discovery Applies only if the drive is attached to an arbitrated loop Always s
266. mand allows the initiator to modify and initialize SELECT parameters within the logs the drive supports The two ways to initialize the log parameters are 1 Set the PCR bit to 1 in the LOG SELECT CDB this clears all parameters 2 Specify the log page and parameter values as the log parameters to clear individual pages The following pages can be cleared using this method EESEeEHxwHES Table 34 LOG SELECT Page clearing Codes Page Code Page Description 02h Write Error Count Page 03h Read Error Count Page OCh Sequential Access Device Page 38h General Purpose Non Volatile Log Page Note If an initiator sends multiple pages it must send them in ascending order according to page code Otherwise the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST The drive returns the same status if an unsupported page code appears in any header or if the specified page cannot be cleared DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 59 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch LOG SELECT Log Page Each log page begins with a 4 byte header followed by n number of log Format parameter blocks one block for each parameter code Each block except for parameter code 05h comprises 8 bytes The parameter block for page code 05h is 12 bytes Figure 23 LOG SELECT Log Page
267. mation The drive returns the descriptor information for the Echo Buffer The Buffer Offset field is reserved in this mode The allocation length should be set to 4 or greater The drive transfers the lesser of the allocation length or 4 bytes of the READ BUFFER descriptor Figure 132 ECHO BUFFER Descriptor Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved EBOS 1 Reserved 2 Reserved Buffer Capacity 3 Buffer Capacity Figure 133 ECHO BUFFER a Descriptor Field Field Description Descriptions EBOS Echo Buffer Overwritten Supported Set to 1 to indicate that the drive returns the Additional Sense Code ECHO BUFFER OVERWRITTEN if the data being read from the Echo Buffer is not the data previously written by the same initiator Buffer Always returns 252 indicating the size of the Echo Capacity Buffer DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 269 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h READ POSITION Command 34h The READ POSITION command reads a position identifier or SCSI Logical Block Address LBA The LOCATE command uses this identifier or LBA for high performance repositioning of the tape medium to a known logical position Figure 134 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 34h 1 Reserved Service Action 2 6 Reserved 7 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide
268. me Number numbering starts at 0 Number of Indicates the number of volumes that are available Volumes Tape drives only support one volume on the Available medium DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 241 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch PARTITION LIST Service Action The READ ATTRIBUTE command with the PARTITION LIST service action returns parameter data see figure 122 identifying the number of partitions supported in the specified volume number The contents of the Partition Number and First Attribute Identifier fields in the CDB are ignored DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 242 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Figure 122 READ ATTRIBUTE with PARTITION LIST Service Action Parameter List Format Bit Byte Available Data 02h LSB 2 First Partition Number 3 Number of Partitions Available Table 135 READ ATTRIBUTE Fiel Description with PARTITION LIST Service ee escripre Action Parameter Data Field Available Data Preset to 02h Descriptions First Partition Indicates the first partition available on the Number specified volume number Partition numbering starts at 0 Number of Indicates the number of partitions that are Partitions available DLT S4 tape drives only support one Available partition on the medium Enhanced Medium This section describes the specific composition of Enhanced Medium Auxiliary Memory EMAM Auxiliary Memory
269. me received by the drive Invalid Dword Count Indicates the number of invalid dwords that have been received by the phy not including those received during reset sequences Running Disparity Error Count Indicates the number of dwords containing running disparity errors that have been received by the phy not including those received during reset sequences Loss of Dword Synchronization Indicates the number of times the phy has lost dword synchronization and restarted the reset sequence Phy Reset Problem Indicates the number of times the phy reset sequence has failed TapeAlert Log Page 2Eh This page returns results of the tape drive s ongoing self diagnosis so that the drive s behavior can be monitored and high reliability assured The host typically reads the TapeAlert page from the drive at the beginning of each READ or WRITE activity after any fatal errors occur during a READ or WRITE at the end of any data cartridge when the READ or WRITE activity continues onto another data cartridge and at the end of each READ or WRITE activity The drive sets or clears the flags when the failure or corrective action occurs DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 83 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 40 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Page Header Format Bit Byte y 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Page Code 2Eh 1 Reserved MSB T Page Length LSB Table 52 TapeAlert Page LOG a
270. ment to asynchronous mode after accepting a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message If the Transfer Period requested is less than the minimum value the drive supports the drive adjusts the return value up to the minimum supported value Not all possible transfer periods between the minimum and maximum values are supported If the Transfer Period requested is between the minimum and maximum supported values but not exactly achievable by the drive the drive returns the request value and the drive transmits data at the next lower speed it is capable of The initiator may send data at the request speed The maximum supported synchronous period is 5Dh 372 nsec A request with a Transfer Period less than this returns a request for asynchronous mode see table 4 Transfer Period Transfer Rate OAh 40 MHz 25 nsec Transfer Period OBh 33 MHz 30 3 nsec Transfer Period Ultra 2 Super DLTtape uses 37 5 nsec period OCh 20 MHz 50 nsec Transfer Period 0Dh 5Dh 4 Transfer Period nsec 14 Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Parallel SCSI The drive s minimum supported value for Transfer Period is 0Ah when the bus is operating in LVD mode When operating in SE Single Ended mode the minimum Transfer Period value is OCh When the Transfer REQ ACK value is non zero the drive will transfer data using synchronous transfers a Transfer REQ ACK offset value of zero indicates asynchronous transfers If the host
271. n 8 byte value that identifies the reservation key under which the persistent reservation is held Scope Specific Always set to 0 Address Scope The drive only supports reservations of the entire logical unit Always set to 0 Type Specifies the characteristics of the persistent reservation see table 118 for the applicable Type codes and their meanings Table 118 describes the available Type values from the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read Reservation parameters Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ and WRITE operations and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations referred to as Additional Reservations Allowed in the table Table 118 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Type Codes Code Name Description Oh Obsolete 1h WRITE READS Shared any application client on any initiator can execute Exclusive commands that perform transfers from the drive to the host WRITES Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the drive results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the drive 2h Obsolete DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 215 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE
272. n this log page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header Figure 30 Log Parameters Format for Read Write Error LOG SENSE Page v Parameter Code LSB 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP 3 Parameter Length MSB 4 n Parameter Value LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 70 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Table 42 Log Parameters for Read Write Error LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description Parameter Code The parameter codes supported for the READ WRITE error counter pages are Code Descriptions 0000h Errors corrected without substantial delays 0001h _ Errors corrected with possible delays 0002h Total read write errors 0003h Total read write errors 0004h Total times correction algorithm processed Always 0 for write errors only 0005h Total bytes to from tape including ECC and Overhead 0006h Total uncorrected errors 8000h WRITE errors since last READ page 02h or READ errors since last WRITE page 03h 8001h Total raw write read errors 8002h Total dropout error count 8003h _ Total servo tracking errors 9000h Write only Without substantial delay errors by channel am Read only Raw sub block read errors by channel 9080h Write only Possible delay errors assignable to specific channels ern Note Many of these errors are write not read errors and ar
273. nds Parameter Data Format on page 296 for more information 001b The drive returns the command support data in the one_command parameter data format for the operation code specified in the Requested Operation Code field The drive ignores any value in the Requested Service Action field 010b The drive returns the command support data in the one_command parameter data format for the operation code and service action specified in the Requested Operation Code and Requested Service Action fields Requested Operation Code Specifies the operation code of the command to be returned in the one_command parameter data format see One_command Parameter Data Format on page 298 for more information Requested Service Action Specifies the service action of the command to be returned in the one_command parameter data format see One_command Parameter Data Format on page 298 for more information Allocation Length Specifies the number of bytes allocated for the returned parameter data If the Allocation Length value is not large enough to hold all of the parameter data the drive truncates the data it returns This is not considered an error The actual length of the parameter data is available in the Additional Length field in the parameter data If the remainder of the parameter data is required the application client must send a new REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES command with an Allocation Length field value large
274. nenensaeas 66 Error Summary in LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block 68 Supported Pages Log Page Page 00h ccc eceeee cece csteteeeeeees 69 Read Page 03h Write Page 02h Error Log Pages eee 69 LAST n ERROR EVENTS Log Page 07h 0 ccceceeseseeseeseeseseeeenenens 73 Sequential Access Device Log Page OCH cece tenses 75 Temperature Log Page ODN ee eee ceeeee tees ceeeneneteneeeneneneeeney 77 SAS Phy Control and Discover Log Page 18h cece 79 TapeAlert Log Page 2EN c cc ccccssesesescesesescscscsesesescecseanececscananseeeees 83 Device Wellness Log Page 33 ccseccesesescccsesesescscsesesescecseanseeeeees 88 General Purpose Non Volatile Log Page 38h eee eee 91 Device Status Log Page GEN oo eeeeeseccssseescscscsesesescscseseseececatanseeeeees 93 MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h oes cree eeees 98 Mode Parameter Header iiscsiscccssscssseesscsctessccnssctssscesssosebssssaiesonsesnnsonsete 102 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor 0 ce ceceeesseeescsesetesseseecneeeeeseeneees 104 Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h 0 eee eee 105 Disconnect Reconnect Page 02H ccs ee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 106 Control Mode Page OAD eee cesessesesesesesesesescsesesesescscseaeanseecenens 113 Data Compression Page OF cece cesses ee ceeseeeeneteteneneneteteees 116 Device Configuration Page 10 eee eeneeseeeeeeteneneeetenenenes 118 Medium Partition Page 11h o
275. ng End of Medium Partition Handling DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide If the drive reads a Filemark it returns a CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense Data the Filemark and Valid bits are set to 1 and the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE The information fields contain the residue count The Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to FILEMARK DETECTED Upon termination the drive logically positions the medium after the Filemark If the drive detects End of Data EOD during a READ it returns CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense Data the Valid bit is set to 1 and the Sense Key field is set to BLANK CHECK The information fields contain the residue count The Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set Upon termination the drive physically positions the medium after the last block on tape The meaning of EOM is different for a READ command than it is for a WRITE related command The drive reports EOM only when it encounters the physical EOM or End of Partition EOP The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status The EOM and Valid bits are set to 1 and the Sense Key field is set to MEDIUM ERROR The information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P DETECTED The drive physically positions the medium at EOM P 235 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch Th
276. ng is not currently available When set to 0 indicates that the values these fields contain are accurate LONU Logical Object Number Unknown When set to 1 indicates that the values contained in the Logical Object Number or Partition Number fields are not known or accurate reporting is not currently available When set to 0 indicates that the values these fields contain are accurate Partition The partition number for the current logical position Number Logical Object The number of logical blocks between the beginning of partition and the current Number logical position Filemarks and Setmarks count as one logical block each Logical File The number of Filemarks between the beginning of partition and the current logical Identifier position Logical Set The number of Setmarks between the beginning of partition and the current logical Identifier position DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 275 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command 1Ch RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command 1Ch The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command fetches the results of the last SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sent to the tape drive Figure 137 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block Data Format 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 1Ch 1 Reserved PCV 2 Page Code MSB 3 4 Allocation Length LSB 5 Control Table 153 RECEIVE er DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Piela Description Command Data Field PCV Pa
277. ning W The tape drive is having problems writing data No data has been lost but there has been a reduction in the capacity of the tape 3 Hard Error W The operation has stopped because an error has occurred while reading or writing data which the drive cannot correct 4 Media Your data is at risk 1 Copy any data you require from this tape 2 Do not use this tape again 3 Restart the operation with a different tape 5 Read Failure C The tape is damaged or the drive is faulty Call the tape drive supplier helpline 6 Write Failure C The tape is from a faulty batch or the tape drive is faulty 1 Use a good tape to test the drive 2 If the problem persists call the tape drive supplier helpline DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 85 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Security Flag Level Description 7 Media Life W The tape cartridge has reached the end of its calculated useful life 1 Copy any data you need to another tape 2 Discard the old tape 9 Write Protect C You are trying to write to a write protected cartridge Remove the write protection or use another tape 10 No Removal I You cannot eject the cartridge because the tape drive is in use Wait until the operation is complete before ejecting the cartridge 11 Cleaning I The tape in the drive is a cleaning cartridge Media 17 Read Only W You have loaded a cartridge of a type that is read only in this drive Fo
278. ns cece 166 xxii DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 95 Table 96 Table 97 Table 98 Table 99 Table 100 Table 101 Table 102 Table 103 Table 104 Table 105 Table 106 Table 107 Table 108 Table 109 Table 110 Table 111 Table 112 Tables Fibre Channel Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions eee SAS Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions 0 0 0 0 ccc cesssenseeseeneneseseees Control Mode MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions ecoin bes r i chess a a e Data Compression MODE SENSE Page Field Descr PHONES ee Aiea ENNA AARE Device Configuration MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions siansa ireren iaaii rnia RTEA KEA SNA EERNISSE Medium Partition MODE SENSE Page Field IDESCTIP HONS corras aan E EE Parallel SCSI Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions eee eee Fibre Channel Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions cee eceeeeeeeeeeeees SAS Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions se sessessnseseneseeceneesesenseesneneneseee Parallel SCSI Port Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions sy sours eri is oiire ros a OEE Fibre Channel Port Control MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions sseeressresreresreresrereerrrerrrsesrrsesrrsessrsens SAS Port Control MODE SENSE Page Field Pesci iPHONE e a serie N NESEN SAS P
279. o eee ee ceees ee teneeeneneneteeneneees 122 Logical Unit Control Page 18h eee cece renseeeeeeteneneneeees 123 Port Control Page 19h ee ceee eee cecesenseecesenseeneneneseeeeneneteey 127 SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage 19h O1h 130 SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage 19h 03h ee 134 SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage 19h 04nh 137 TapeAlert Page LC ssissicscsscscaiesisecs ctssasss cactnsvzec dais aiii a 139 Medium Configuration Mode Page 1Dh 0 0 eee cerns 142 Data Security Mode Page 27h cesses ee ceeeeseeeeeesenenenenenenenes 144 General Operation erore n Na ae E EE E ei aeS ets 149 Drive Password and Password Protection State Storage 150 EEPROM Mode Page 3ER ceessesssesessesescsesesseseseetenesescesensesavavanens 150 Changeable Parameters Within MODE SELECT cccccceeeetenes 156 MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5A sesers 157 MODE SENSE Data Headers uu eceeeeesesessesesesessseaesneseseesesesaeananees 160 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide v DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Contents MODE SENSE Block Descriptor oo eeeeseesseeeseseeseseeseecneseeeseeaeseees 162 Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h o eee eee 164 Disconnect Reconnect Page 02H ccc eects eeeseeeeeeteteteeeneees 165 Control Mode Page OAD eee ceessssesesescsesesesescsesesesescscseaeaeaeecenans 171 Data Compression Page OFN
280. o change is made to the timestamp DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 329 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SET TIMESTAMP Command A4h 0Fh The format for the parameter data returned by the SET TIMESTAMP command is shown in figure 167 Figure 167 SET TIMESTAMP Command Parameter List Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 3 Reserved 4 9 Timestamp 10 Reserved 11 Reserved Table 186 SET TIMESTAMP Command Parameter List Field Descriptions Field Description Timestamp The timestamp should be the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since midnight 1 January 1970 UT DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 330 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SPACE Command 11h SPACE Command 11h The SPACE command provides a variety of positioning functions that are determined by the Code and Count fields in the Command Descriptor Block This command provides both forward toward End of Partition and reverse toward Beginning of Partition positioning Table 187 SPACE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 11h 1 Reserved Code MSB 2 4 Count LSB 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 331 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SPACE Command 11h Table 188 SPACE Command Data Field Descriptions Field Description Code The code can be one of the following values All other values are reserved Space Code Space By
281. ode 0Ah 1 Page Length OAh 2 TST 1 Reserved D_Sense 0 GLTSD 0 RLEC 3 Queue Algorithm Modifier 0 Reserved QErr 0 DQue 0 4 TAS 0 RAC 0 UA_Intlck_Ctrl 0 SWP 0 Obsolete 5 Reserved Autoload Mode 6 7 Obsolete MSB 8 9 Busy Timeout Period FFFFh LSB MSB 10 11 Extended Self test Completion Time 030Ch LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 113 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 70 Control Mode MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 0Ah identifies this as the Control Mode Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT TST Task Set Type The drive maintains separate task sets for each initiator Must be set to 1h D_Sense Descriptor Format Sense Data Must be set to 0 GLTSD Global Logging Target Save Disable Must be set to 0 RLEC Report Log Exception Condition When set to 1 specifies that the drive reports log exception conditions When set to 0 specifies that the drive does not report log exception
282. of 19h identifies this as the Port Control Page Subpage Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE subpage being transferred A value of 03h identifies this as the SPI Negotiated Settings Mode Subpage Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header Protocol Identifier Transfer Period Factor A value of 1h indicates that this mode page applies to an SPI 5 compliant port see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard Indicates the negotiated Transfer Period Factor for the current I_T nexus see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard REQ ACK Offset Transfer Width Exponent Protocol Options Bits Indicates the negotiated REQ ACK Offset for the current I_T nexus see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard Indicates the negotiated REQ ACK Offset for the current I_T nexus Value Description 00h Specifies 8 bit data bus i e narrow transfer agreement 01h Specifies 16 bit data bus i e wide transfer agreement Indicates the negotiated Protocol Options for the current I_T nexus see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard Transceiver Mode Indicates the current Transceiver Mode as defined below Code Bus Mode 00b Unknown 01b Single ended 10b Low Voltage Differential 11b High Voltage Differential not supported Sent PCOMP_EN Indicates the PCOMP_EN bit sent for the current I_T ne
283. of Media EOM Sense Key Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields Figure 159 illustrates the REQUEST SENSE data format Bit 0 Valid Response Code 70h or 71h 1 Obsolete 2 Filemark EOM ILI Reserved Sense Key MSB 3 6 Information LSB 7 Additional Sense Length n 7 MSB 8 11 Command Specific Information LSB 12 Additional Sense Code ASC 13 Additional Sense Code Qualifier ASCQ 14 Field Replaceable Unit Code 15 SKSV C D Reserved BPV Bit Pointer DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 306 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Bit 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 16 17 Field Pointer LSB 18 Internal Status Code 19 20 Tape Motion Hours 21 24 Power On Hours 25 28 Tape Remaining 29 n Reserved Table 172 REQUEST SENSE Data Field Descriptions Field Description Valid When set to 1 indicates that the Information field contains valid SCSI 3 information When set to 0 indicates that the contents of the Information field are not defined Response Code A value of 70h indicates a current error the report is associated with the most recently received command A value of 71h indicates a deferred error the report is associated with a previous command and not as a result of the current command Filemark When set to 1 indicates that the current command read a Filemark
284. of comparison is true cumulative threshold and the MODE SELECT SENSE Control Mode Page RLEC bit is set to 1 the drive generates a UNIT ATTENTION for all initiators In that case the drive sets the Sense Key to UNIT ATTENTION the Additional Sense Code to LOG EXCEPTION and the Additional Sense Code Qualifier to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET If the RLEC bit in Control Mode Page is 0 the drive does not generate a UNIT ATTENTION Note that comparison is performed in real time A LOG SENSE command need not be issued to get the CHECK CONDITION status Once ETC is selected and the RLEC bit in Control Mode Page is set to 1 the drive issues a CHECK CONDITION status based on the criteria defined in the TMC bits if the criteria is met in real time The CHECK CONDITION status does not identify for which parameter code the criterion is met The host must issue a LOG SENSE command to read the counters to determine for which parameter code the criterion has been met The criteria for comparison are Code Description 00b Every update of the cumulative value 01b Cumulative value equal to the threshold value 10b Cumulative value not equal to the threshold value 11b Cumulative value greater than the threshold value LBIN List Binary Always set to 0 LP List Parameter Always set to 0 Parameter Length Specifies the number of bytes in the parameter value All parameters are 4 bytes in length except parameter 0005h which is 8 bytes in length Paramete
285. ommand checks the DLT S4 tape drive to ensure that it is ready for commands involving tape movement Figure 168 TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 00h 1 Reserved 2 4 Reserved 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 333 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands VERIFY Command 13h VERIFY Command 13h The VERIFY command directs the tape drive to verify one or more blocks beginning with the next block on the tape The drive verifies both CRCs and EDCs Figure 169 VERIFY Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 4 2 1 Byte 7 6 5 3 0 0 Operation Code 13h 1 Reserved Immed BytCmp Fixed 2 4 Verification Length LSB 5 Control aaa Table 189 VERIFY Command Data Field Descriptions Field Description Immed Immediate When set to 1 the VERIFY command completes provided it has begun processing before the drive performs any tape medium movement BytCmp Byte Compare Must be set to 0 Fixed Specifies whether the drive is to verify fixed length or variable length blocks When set to 0 variable block mode is requested The drive verifies a single block with the Verification Length specifying the block size When set to 1 the Verification Length specifies the number of blocks the drive is to verify This is valid only if the drive is currently operating in fixed block mode Verification Specifies the amount o
286. on Mode Parameter Header Four bytes in length for MODE SELECT 6 or 8 bytes in length for MODE SELECT 10 Contains information about the remainder of the Parameter List and is always present Mode Parameter Block Eight bytes in length Allows the host to set the drive s Logical Block Size Descriptor and Density Code to be written from BOT Page s Any mode pages that are a part of this MODE SELECT command DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 101 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Mode Parameter Header Figure 54 figure 55 and table 64 illustrate and describe the fields that make up the MODE SELECT command s Mode Parameter header Figure 54 MODE SELECT 6 Mode Parameter Header Data Format Byte Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Reserved 1 Medium Type 2 Ignored Buffered Mode Speed 0h 3 Block Descriptor Length Figure 55 MODE SELECT 10 Mode Parameter Header Data Format Bit Byte Reserved 2 Medium Type 3 Ignored Buffered Mode Speed 0h 4 5 Reserved MSB 6 7 Block Descriptor Length LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 102 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 64 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Header Field Descriptions Field Description Medium Type The drive ignores this field Buffered Mode Set to 1 by default The drive implements immediate
287. on for the preempting initiator Any commands from the initiators being preempted are terminated as if the preempted initiator had performed an ABORT TASK management function If a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command is sent that specifies a Preempt amp Abort service action and no persistent reservation exists for the initiator identified by the service action Reservation Key it is not an error condition If the key is registered however the Clear portion of the action executes normally A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the preempted initiators The Sense Key is set to UNIT ATTENTION the Additional Sense Code is set to RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED Commands that follow and retries of commands that timed out because they were cleared are subject to the persistent reservation restrictions set by the preempting initiator The persistent reservation the preempting initiator created is defined by the Scope and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command and the corresponding fields of the command s parameter list The Preempt amp Abort service action clears any CA condition with the initiator that is preempted The Reservation Keys for the other initiators preempted are removed by the Preempt amp Abort service action The Reservation Key for an initiator that has sent a Preempt amp Abort action with its own Reservation Key specified in the service action s Reservation Key remains unchanged although all other specified clear
288. ons DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide STANDARD INQUIRY data Product Serial Number Contains the unit serial number TOTAL MBYTES WRITTEN IN MEDIUM LIFE and TOTAL MBYTES READ IN MEDIUM LIFE Indicates the total number of data bytes transferred to or from the medium surface after any data compression has been applied over the entire medium life These values are cumulative and are never reset These values are expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so on 248 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ ATTRIBUTE Command 8Ch TOTAL MBYTES WRITTEN IN CURRENT LAST LOAD and TOTAL MBYTES READ IN CURRENTI LAST LOAD Indicates the total number of data bytes transferred to or from the medium surface after any data compression has been applied during the current load if the medium is currently loaded or the last load if the medium is currently unloaded The drive resets these attributes to 0 when the medium is loaded These values are expressed in increments of 1 048 576 bytes that is a value of 1 means 1 048 576 bytes 2 means 2 097 152 bytes and so forth MEDIUM USAGE HISTORY Provides statistics see figure 141 for the entire medium If a field is not used it is set to 0 Table 141 MEDIUM USAGE HISTORY Attribute Data Format Bit MSB 0 5 Current Amount of Data Written LSB MSB 6 11 Current Write Retries Count LSB
289. or If another initiator has previously reserved the drive the drive returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status If after honoring the reservation any other initiator attempts to perform any command that is subject to reservations the drive rejects the command with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status That drive ignores a RELEASE UNIT command issued by another initiator An initiator that holds a current reservation may modify that reservation for example to switch third parties by issuing another RESERVE UNIT command to the drive DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 321 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REWIND Command 01h REWIND Command 01h The REWIND command directs the DLT S4 tape drive to position the tape at the beginning of the currently active partition always Beginning of Media BOM Before rewinding the drive writes any data in the write buffer to the tape medium and appends an End of Data marker Figure 162 REWIND Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 01h 1 Reserved Immed I4 Reserved 5 Control EEE Table 178 REWIND Command Pee Descriptor Block Field Piela Description Description Immed Immediate When set to 1 the drive first writes any remaining buffered data to the tape medium and adds an EOD marker It then returns status to the host before beginning the actual rewind operation When set to 0 the drive returns status after the rewind has complete
290. or lower case The drive saves the savable parameters during resets and power cycles Table 87 EEPROM Mode Page Parameter Descriptions Length Parameter Data Type Default Bytes Usage VendorID ASCII QUANTUM 8 Vendor Identification field in INQUIRY data CacheTMs Binary 0 1 When set the drive always treats a WRITE FILEMARKS command that writes a single filemark and is not preceded by another WRITE FILEMARKS command as if the Immed bit was set to 1 DefaultCompON __ Binary 1 1 When set to 0 indicates that compression is defaulted OFF at power on reset When set to 1 indicates that compression is defaulted ON at power on reset DefFixedBlkLen Decimal 0 4 Default fixed block size Minimum value of this field is 0 maximum value is 16 777 215 DefSEW Binary 1 1 Default Synchronize at Early Warning parameter DisDeferClnRpt Binary 0 1 When set to 1 the drive sends a cleaning report over the library port as soon as the cleaning light illuminates When set to 0 the drive sends the report only at unload DisUnbufMode Binary 0 1 When set to 1 the drive completely disables unbuffered mode it ignores the MODE SELECT buffered mode selection to turn off buffered mode When set to 0 buffered mode can be enabled or disabled EnaCleanLib Binary 1 1 When set to 1 the drive reports cleaning status using the library tape drive interface When set to 0 this functionality is disabled D
291. ors 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 3Eh 1 Page Length 2 n ASCII String of Parameter Name or Value E Table 113 EEPROM MODE SENSE Page Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide As with other MODE SENSE pages the data in the page descriptor is organized in the form of a parameter header followed by the parameter s value The parameter is as follows Name T Current Default Minimum Maximum Table 113 lists the parameter definitions Field Description Name Refers to the parameter name for example ProductID or DefaultCompOn T Type Designates data type b indicates binary A indicates string type no designator indicates that the data is in decimal format Current Default Specifies the current default minimum and Minimum and maximum values of the parameter Maximum 207 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Tech Tip The length of the list of EEPROM parameters requires a 10 byte MODE SENSE command If you use a 6 byte MODE SENSE command to retrieve the EEPROM parameters you will receive the following response Send a 10 byte MODE SENSE command to get the Parameter List DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 208 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh Figure 108 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command Descriptor Block Dat
292. ough the DLT S4 tape drive contains one 64 bit world wide name for the port and one for the SSC logical unit LUN 0 the FCP 2 standard allows for the use of the same world wide name for the node as is used in LUN O The drive reports the world wide names to the host through the INQUIRY Command 12h on page 34 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 3 Serial Attached SCSI Characteristics DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 1 Introduction Background Information About SCSI The important features of the DLT S4 SAS implementation include the following e Automatic speed negotiations with transfer rates of e 150 megabytes per second 1 5 Gb second e 300 megabytes per second 3 0 Gb second e SAS 1 1 compliant e Transport Layer Retries are supported e The DLT S4 tape drive is an SSP Target Port e The DLT S4 tape drive does not act as an SSP Initiator Port DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 2 Task Management This chapter provides a detailed description of task management by transport layer Specifically it covers the following topics Task Management by Transport Layer Overview provides a list of task management functions by interface Task Management Function describes the tape drive response for each function Chapter 2 Task Management Task Management by Transport Layer Overview Task Management by Transport Layer Overview Table 1 shows the task management function and its specific characteristics
293. overy MODE SELECT Page Data Format The Read Write Error Recovery Page controls the drive s response to error conditions that arise during the course of READ and WRITE Byte Pit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 01h 1 Page Length OAh 2 Reserved TB 0 Reserved EER 1 PER DTE 0 DCR 0 3 Read Retry Count 4 7 Reserved 8 Write Retry Count 9 11 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 105 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 66 Read Write Error Recovery MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 01h identifies this as the Read Write Error Recovery Page Page Length Indicates the number bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT TB Transfer Block Must be set to 1 EER Enable Early Recovery Must be set to 1 PER Post Error Default is 0 When set to 1 enables reporting of CHECK CONDITION to report recovered READ WRITE errors DTE Disable Transfer on Error Must be set to 0 DCR Disable ECC Correction Must b
294. page 03 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 61 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Field Description Parameter Code continued 8001h Total raw write error flags 8002h Total dropout error count 8003h Total servo tracking errors 9000h Without substantial delay errors by channel 900Fh 9080h Write only Possible delay errors assignable to specific channels POEN Read only Raw sub block read errors by channel Note Many of these errors are write not read errors and are not to be included in read error rate calculations If these errors are used to try to identify bad channels the bad channel may be on either the writing or reading drive Note Parameter codes 00h 01h and 04h always have a value of 0 Parameter value for 05h is eight bytes the Parameter Length field is set to 8 DU Disable Update This bit is not defined for LOG SELECT the drive ignores any value in DU DS Disable Save DS and Target Save Disable TSD must be set to 1 TSD Target Save Disable TSD and DS must be set to 1 ETC Enable Threshold Comparison When set to 1 the drive performs a comparison with threshold values once the cumulative value is updated Comparison criteria are defined in Threshold Met Criteria TMC If the comparison is met and the RLEC bit of MODE SELECT SENSE Control Page OAh is set to 1 the drive generates a UNIT ATTENTION for all init
295. parameter data is transferred unless the 3rdPty bit and LongID bits are both set If LongID is set to 1 and Extent is set to 0 the Parameter List Length is 8 and the parameter list has the format shown below The drive preserves the reservation until one of the following occurs e Another valid RESERVE command from the initiator supersedes it e The same initiator releases it e A TARGET RESET message from any initiator releases it e A reset condition releases it DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 319 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RESERVE UNIT Command 16h Table 177 RESERVE 10 ID Only Parameter List Data Format Bit 0 7 Third Party Device ID LSB RESERVE UNIT Command 16h The RESERVE UNIT command reserves the specified tape drive for the exclusive use of the requesting initiator or for another specified SCSI device Note This command has been made obsolete in the latest version of SCSI 3 and should not be used with any new implementations The tape drive supports this command for legacy applications only Figure 160 RESERVE UNIT Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 16h 1 Logical Unit Number 3rdPty Third Party Device ID Reserved 2 4 Reserved 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 320 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands RESERVE UNIT Command 16h ae a E ee ee Figure 161 RESERVE UNIT Command Data Field
296. password DPS Drive Password Set This read only bit indicates if the drive has a password set for this interface DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 148 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description PM Password Mismatch This read only bit indicates that this password on the tape does not match this password set in the drive Password This is a 32 byte write only field used to set the drive password to the desired value for the requesting interface The password value is secret and will not be reported in MODE SENSE data Instead the password reported by the MODE SENSE command is all zeroes For actions other than 00 or 05 the password must be non zero or the command will be rejected The password is cleared using action code 05 Clear Drive Password General Operation DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide The password s are written to the drive using a MODE SELECT command for the Vendor Unique Data Security Mode page The password value will not be returned in the MODE SENSE data The drive will create password protected tapes as instructed by the Action Code of the MODE SELECT command At the end of the load process there is a determination if the tape is password protected If the tape is password protected the password s on the tape will be compared to the password s in the drive If the password s are equal subsequent write and read operations are allowed If t
297. ple class driver or backup program that most recently sent a WRITE ATTRIBUTE command to the drive while this medium auxiliary memory was accessible APPLICATION NAME The name of the application client APPLICATION VERSION The version of the application client USER MEDIUM TEXT LABEL The user level identifier for the medium DATE amp TIME LAST WRITTEN Contains when the application client last wrote to the medium auxiliary memory The format is YYYYMMDDHHMM that is four numeric ASCII characters for the year followed by two numeric ASCII characters for the month followed by two numeric ASCII characters for the day followed by two numeric ASCII characters between 00 and 24 for the hour followed by two numeric ASCII characters for the minute with no intervening spaces TEXT LOCALIZATION IDENTIFIER Defines the character set see table 147 used for attributes with a TEXT format At this time Super DLTtape only supports the ASCII character set Field Description 00h No code specified ASCII O1h FFh Reserved BARCODE The contents of a barcode associated with the medium in the medium auxiliary memory OWNING HOST TEXTUAL NAME Indicates the host from which the USER MEDIUM TEXT LABEL originates MEDIA POOL Indicates the media pool to which this medium belongs PARTITION USER TEXT LABEL A user level identifier for the partition specified by the Partition Number field in the CDB 259 Unique Features of the
298. port the amount of data transferred between the tape drive and the host 0 Page Code 0Ch 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB Table 45 Sequential Access ner Device LOG SENSE Header lel PeecaRuey Field Descriptions Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 75 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 34 Log Parameters Format for Sequential Access Device LOG SENSE Page 0 1 Parameter Code LSB 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP 3 Parameter Length 4 n Parameter Value REES Table 46 Sequential Access Device LOG SENSE Page Parameters Field Descriptions Field Description Parameter Parameter codes supported for the Sequential Access Device Page code Code Description 0000h Host Write Byte Count This is the number of data bytes received from application clients during WRITE command operations 0001h Tape Write Byte Count The number of data bytes written to the media during WRITE command operations not counting ECC and formatting overhead 0002h Tape Read Byte Count The number of data bytes read from the media during READ command operations not counting ECC and formatting overhead 0003h Host Read Byte Count The number of da
299. presented in alphabetical order Fields common to many of the SCSI commands are not repeated for every command instead they are supported as shown in table 14 Table 14 Fields Common to Field Name How the Field is Supported in SCSI Commands Many SCSI Commands Control All SCSI commands must have a Control byte which is implemented as described in SCSI Architecture Model 3 SAM 3 Reserved Reserved bits fields bytes and code values are set aside for future standardization and must be set to 0 If the drive receives a command that contains non zero bits ina reserved field or a reserved code value the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and the Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST Throughout this manual multiple bytes that contain information about specific command parameters are portrayed as shown in the example of the Parameter List Length field bytes 7 to 8 of the LOG SELECT command shown as follows Bytes 0 6 MSB 7 8 Parameter List Length LSB This sample indicates that the most significant bit MSB of the field is bit 7 of byte 7 the least significant bit is bit 0 of byte 8 The shorthand version of presentation is used in this manual to save space DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 31 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands SCSI Command Descriptions This is an alternate shorthand presentation for Bytes 0 6 Parameter List Length LSB
300. protected Data Tapes This read only bit indicates password protection mode for this password is set to auto password protect all unprotected formatted tapes PA Password Accessible on this interface This read only status bit indicates if this password is accessible from this interface TPP Tape Password Protected This read only bit indicates if this tape is password protected with this password DPS Drive Password Set This read only bit indicates if the drive has a password set for this interface PM Password Mismatch This read only bit indicates that this password on the tape does not match this password set in the drive Password This is a 32 byte write only field used to set the drive password to the desired value for the requesting interface The password value is secret and will not be reported in MODE SENSE data Instead the password reported by the MODE SENSE command is all zeroes For actions other than 00 or 05 the password must be non zero or the command will be rejected The password is cleared using action code 05 Clear Drive Password General Operation The password s are written to the drive using a MODE SELECT command for the Vendor Unique Data Security Mode page The password value will not be returned in the MODE SENSE data The drive will create password protected tapes as instructed by the Action Code of the MODE SELECT command At the end of the load process there is a determination if the tape is password protected
301. pter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Supported Pages Log When the host requests Page 00h the drive returns the 4 byte page Page Page 00h header followed by the pages supported in ascending order one byte for each Figure 28 Supported Pages LOG SENSE Page Data Format Bit Byte y 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Page Code 00h 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB 4 n Supported Page List Table 40 Supported Pages ee LOG SENSE Page Field fees Ppsenpion Descriptions Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header Supported Contains a list of all log page codes in ascending order Page List beginning with Page Code 00h one byte for each Read Page 03h Write Each log page begins with a 4 byte header followed by a number of log Page 02h Error Log parameters Pages DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 69 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 29 Read Write Error LOG SENSE Pages Header Format Bit Byte Page Code 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB Table 41 Read Write Error igs Field Description LOG SENSE Header Field e pica iit Descriptions Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained i
302. r Value Indicates the actual value of this log parameter DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 72 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh LAST n ERROR EVENTS This page returns event logs stored in the device s non volatile memory Log Page 07h The event logs are ASCII text Each event log may take between 1 and 16 parameters depending on the amount of ASCII text contained within the log entry Event log entries begin at parameters that have parameter codes that are even multiple of 10h and may span between multiple parameters with increasing parameter code values Parameter codes that are not needed are to complete an event log are not returned The page will contain a variable number of parameters depending on the number and type of events in the log Figure 31 Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit Byte Page Code 07h 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB Table 43 Last n Error Events er LOG SENSE Header Field dea TeRena Descriptions Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 73 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 32 Log Parameters Format for Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page Parameter Code Parameter Leng
303. remaining portions of this document Note Final drafts of the SCSI standards documents are available at www t10 org The DLT S4 is capable of supporting these separate transport layers e Parallel SCSI e Fibre Channel e Serial Attached SCSI SAS DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 1 Parallel SCSI Characteristics DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 1 Introduction Background Information About SCSI Format of data written to tape Logical addressing rather than physical addressing is used for all data blocks Tape drives support block sizes from 4 bytes to 16 777 212 bytes Fixed block sizes must be in multiple of 4 bytes The DLT S4 can read DLT S4 SDLT 600 and SDLT 320 formatted tapes and can write to DLT S4 formatted tapes The features of the DLT S4 Parallel SCSI implementation include The DLT S4 tape drive is capable of negotiating and running at any of the following protocols Single Transition e Dual Transition e Information Units Ultra 320 speeds DLT S4 tape drives support wide asynchronous and synchronous data transfers SPI 4 compliant Odd parity is generated and checked during all single edge information transfer phases CRC is generated and checked during all dual edge information transfer phases The DLT S4 drive disconnects from the SCSI bus at regular intervals during information transfer phases to allow other devices to access the bus These disconnects are user conf
304. reporting on WRITE commands through its buffered mode With Buffered Mode set to 1 the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer If this field is set to 0 the drive does not report GOOD status on WRITE commands until it writes the data blocks to tape When Buffered Mode is not used the drive suffers significant performance and capacity degradation Speed The drive supports a single speed of operation per format This field must be set to Oh Block Specifies the length in bytes of all the block descriptors Since the drive only allows one Descriptor block descriptor the value must be either 0 or 8 A value of 0 indicates no block Length descriptor is included a value of 8 indicates a block descriptor is present and precedes the mode page data DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 103 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Mode Parameter Block Figure 56 and table 65 illustrate and describe the fields that make up the Descriptor MODE SELECT command s Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Figure 56 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Data Format Density Code MSB 1 3 Number of Blocks LSB 4 Reserved MSB 5 7 Block Length LSB Table 65 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Field Descriptions Field Description Density Code This field must contain one of the Density Cod
305. requests a Transfer REQ ACK offset value greater than the maximum value that the drive supports the drive responds with the maximum value that it supports Parallel Protocol Request Parallel Protocol Request PPR messages as shown in figure 2 are used to negotiate synchronous transfer agreements and wide data transfer agreements and to set the protocol options between two SCSI devices Figure 2 Parallel Protocol Request Message Data Format Bit Byte Extended Message Identifier 01h Extended Message Length 06h Transfer Width Exponent 2 Parallel Protocol Request 04h 3 Transfer Period Factor 4 Reserved 5 REQ ACK Offset 6 7 Reserved DT_REQ Reserved The PPR message is required to configure an DLT S4 tape drive This command sets the transfer period offset transfer width and clocking all in one message Support for the PPR message is indicated by the Clocking field in the Standard Inquiry page The PPR message can also be used to set the transfer period offset and transfer width on an DLT S4 tape drive with DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 15 Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Parallel SCSI an Ultra 2 interface card To enable it set the MODE SELECT Vendor Specific EEPROM parameter EnablePPRMsg to 1 The PPR message allows the host and target devices to negotiate operating conditions of the SCSI bus An DLT S4 tape drive respon
306. reservation option When set to 0 the third party release option is not requested When set to 1 the drive is released if the same initiator originally reserved it using the third party reservation option and if the drive is the same SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field Third Party Required if 3rdPty is set to 1 This field specifies the SCSI ID of the initiator whose third Device ID party reservation is being released This field must be used if the initiator of the original third party RESERVE is the source of the RELEASE DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 281 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command is a 10 byte command that the application client uses to request information about the densities or the medium types the DLT S4 tape drive supports Figure 142 illustrates the format of the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command the table that follows explains the data fields of the command Figure 142 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 0 Operation Code 44h 1 Reserved oe Media Type 2 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 282 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h Table 156 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command Field Descriptions Field Description Media When se
307. rive 6h Exclusive Access Registrants Only READS Exclusive any command from an initiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the drive that attempts a transfer from the drive results in a reservation conflict WRITES Exclusive any command from an initiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the drive that attempts a transfer to the drive results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any reservations already known to the drive 7h Fh Reserved Not applicable REPORT CAPABILITIES Service Action The REPORT CAPABILITIES service action requests that the device server return information on persistent reservation features The format for the DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 216 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh parameter data provided in response to a PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with the REPORT CAPABILITIES service action is shown in figure 112 and table 119 Figure 112 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Parameter Data for REPORT CAPABILITIES Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 0 1 Length 0008h LSB 2 Reserved CRH 1 SIP_C 0 ATP_C 0 PTPL_C 1 3 TMV 1 Reserved PTPL_A 4 5 Persistent Reservation
308. rly Warning End of Media for all operations SPC3Reserve Binary Controls if the device complies with SPC 3 with respect to RESERVE commands and TEST UNIT READY being subject to reservations TaMrieDefault Decimal Default setting for the MRIE field in the Tape Alert Mode Page Minimum value of this field is 0 maximum value is 6 ThirdPartyDen Decimal Value of default third party density Minimum value of this field is 0 maximum value is 255 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 154 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Figure 79 is a sample of an EEPROM Mode Page that modifies the VendorlID parameter to XXXYY FE 0 Page Code GEN Format 1 Page Length 0Fh 2 y 76h 3 e 65h 4 n 6Eh 5 d 64h 6 o 6Fh 7 r 72h 8 i 69h 9 d 64h 10 20h 11 X 58h 12 X 58h 13 X 58h 14 Y 59h 15 Y 59h 16 AOh or 00h DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 155 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Changeable Parameters Within MODE SELECT Table 88 lists the MODE SELECT command s changeable parameters and their default minimum and maximum values Descriptions of the various parameters are provided in the discussions of the different MODE SELECT mode pag
309. rmat cccecssceesseeseesseeeeeseeeees Figure 87 Fibre Channel Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Data Format cccccecsecseesseeseeeeeeesenees Figure 88 SAS Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Data Format cise stetesesetact sass soucses ces n E s Figure 89 Control Mode MODE SENSE Page Data Format Figure 90 Data Compression MODE SENSE Page Data Format Figure 91 Device Configuration MODE SENSE Page Data Formatie ani a n stave rues O RET Figure 92 Medium Partition MODE SENSE Page Data Format Figure 93 Parallel SCSI Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Data Pormat iiici tedstistisiedisedieetideiasicdeatadhsdiettes Figure 94 Fibre Channel Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Data Format c scccscccssissssoes cases esessecs cecsetsonesh ete vris is envoys Figure 95 SAS Logical Unit Control MODE SENSE Page Data Formatu ietie nsei nose eae AE E E E e e E a a Figure 96 Parallel SCSI Port Control MODE SENSE Page Data Formati enen a e E A EN Figure 97 Fibre Channel Port Control MODE SENSE Page Data Formats iii Mar i Mac ie a ei ah en eet ie aes Figure 98 SAS Port Control MODE SENSE Page Data FOPIMA AEAEE E scade voces E Figure 99 SAS Phy Control and Discover Mode Subpage Data Format mecos e aare ARAE Figure 100 SAS Phy Mode Descriptor sssssssssssssrtsrtorsresrtesressreesseeseesss 173 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide
310. rmat The cartridge will appear as write protected 19 Nearing Media I The tape cartridge is nearing the end of its calculated life Life It is recommended that you 1 Use another tape cartridge for your next backup 2 Store this tape cartridge in a safe place in case you need to restore data from it 20 Clean Now C The tape drive needs cleaning 1 If the operation has stopped eject the tape and clean the drive 2 If the operation has not stopped wait for it to finish and then clean the drive Check the tape drive users manual for device specific cleaning instructions 21 Clean Periodic W The tape drive is due for routine cleaning 1 Wait for the current operation to finish 2 Then use a cleaning cartridge Check the tape drive users manual for device specific cleaning instructions 22 Expired C The last cleaning cartridge used in the tape drive has worn out Cleaning 1 Discard the worn out cleaning cartridge Media 2 Wait for the current operation to finish 3 Then use a new cleaning cartridge DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 86 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Security Flag Level Description 31 Hardware B C The tape drive has a hardware fault 1 Turn the tape drive off and then on again 2 Restart the operation 3 If the problem persists call the tape drive supplier helpline Check the tape drive users manual for device specific instructions on turning
311. rocode has been Changed continued FT 3Fh 05h Device Identifier Changed 3Fh 11h Medium Auxiliary Memory Accessible 5Bh O1lh Log Threshold Condition Met DATA 07h 20h 03h Access Denied Invalid Management ID Key PROTECTED 20h 05h Access Denied Incompatible Write Format 20h 80h Access Denied Password Attempts Exceeded 20h 88h Access Denied Decryption Not Supported 27h olh Write Protect Hardware Write Protect Switch 27h 02h Logical Unit Software Write Protected 27h 80h Unable to Decrypt Incompatible Hardware 30h 05h Password Invalid Incompatible Medium 50h 95h DLTWorm Write Append Error 82h 00h Operation Not Allowed Away from BOT BLANK CHECK 08h 00h 05h EOD Encountered COMMAND OBh OEh 01h Information Unit Too Short ABORTED 1Bh 00h Synchronous Data Transfer Error 24h 3Fh Target Operating Conditions Changed 3Fh OFh Echo Buffer Overwritten 43h 00h Message Error 44h 80h Unexpected Selection Interrupt 44h 82h Command Complete Sequence Failure 44h 83h SCSI Chip Gross Error Illegal Command Status 44h 84h Unexpected Unexplained Residue Count in Transfer Register 44h 87h Disconnect SDP Sequence Failed 45h 00h Select Reselect Failure 47h 00h SCSI Parity Error Check SCSI bus configuration and connections 47h Olh Data Phase CRC Frror Detected DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 316 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Sense Text Name Key
312. roduct Data Page specified by Page Code Page Code Specifies the Vital Product Data Page that the drive is to return when EVPD is set to 1 Figure 9 shows the Page Codes for the Vital Product Data pages the drive supports Allocation Specifies the number of bytes of inquiry information the Length drive is allowed to return to the initiator The drive does not return Frror status if the value in this field truncates the requested information Standard Inquiry Data Figure 7 shows the Standard Inquiry Data page format Page ee O eee Figure 7 Standard Inquiry Data Page Data Format Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 RMB Reserved 2 Version 3 Obsolete NormACA HiSup Response Data Format 4 Additional Length 5 SCCS ACC ALUA 3PC Reserved 6 BQue EncServ VS MultiP MChngr Obsolete Addr16 7 RelAdr Obsolete Linked Obsolete CmdQue VS Vendor Identification QUANTUM LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 35 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 16 31 Product Identification LSB MSB 32 35 Product Revision Level hhss LSB MSB 36 55 Vendor Specific Bytes LSB 56 Reserved Clocking QAS IUS 57 Reserved MSB 58 59 Version Descriptor first version descriptor LSB n 1 n Version Descriptor last version descriptor if more than
313. rotected the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The corresponding DPS bit is set and the APB APD PAX PCP and PWF bits are cleared 02h Set the Drive Password and write it to tape Tape must be mounted and either have no password or the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The PCP bit is set until the password has been successfully written to tape Upon successful completion of the MODE SELECT command the PCP bit is set if the tape does not have a password The APB APD PAX and PWF bits are cleared 03h Set Drive Password in drive memory and write it to all blank tapes This action sets the APB bit This action code can be sent with or without a tape in the drive The currently loaded tape if it is blank and subsequent blank tapes that are loaded into the drive will become password protected If a tape is mounted and password protected the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The password will be written to the tape in conjunction with a WRITE WRITE FM or ERASE command If none of these commands are received prior to an UNLOAD command the tape will not become formatted or Password Protected Formatted and password protected tapes will not alter the APB state and will not be modified by this action code 04h Set Drive Password in drive memory and write it to all unprotected formatted tapes This action sets the APD bit The curr
314. rt Basic Link Service EE Table 5 Supported Basic Link Service Commands DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide For more in information about fibre channel task management see chapter 2 Task Management DLT S4 tape drives provide Link Service and Unsolicited Control support as described in this section Table 5 lists the Basic Link Service requests the drive supports see the FC FS 2 specification for details R_CTL Abbreviation Description 80h NOP No Operation 81h ABTS Abort Sequence 84h BA_ACC Basic Accept 85h BA_RJT Basic Reject 18 Extended Link Service Commands Table 6 Supported Extended Link Service Commands Extended Link Service Loop Initialization DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Fibre Channel Table 6 lists the Extended Link Service ELS commands the drive supports see the FC FS 2 specification for details ELS Command Abbreviation Description olh LS_RJT Link Service Reject 02h LS_ACC Link Service Accept 03h PLOGI N_Port Login 04h FLOGI F_Port Login 05h LOGO Logout OEh RTV Read Timeout Value 11h TEST Test Loop Initialization 12h RRQ Reinstate Recovery Qualifier 13h REC Read Exchange Concise 20h PRLI Process Login 21h PRLO Process Logout 50h PDISC Discover N_Port Service Parameters 52h ADISC Discover Address 56h RPS Read Port Status Block 57h R
315. rvice Action Parameter Data Field Descriptions 00 240 READ ATTRIBUTE with VOLUME LIST Service Action Parameter Data Field Descriptions eee 241 READ ATTRIBUTE with PARTITION LIST Service Action Parameter Data Field Descriptions 243 EMAM Attribute Parameter Data Field Descriptions gore aan aaah 244 EMAM Attribute Formats ce ceeseseeececeseeseeeseeeeeteees 245 EMAM Attribute Identifier Range Assignments 245 Device Type Attributes for EMAM Supported by the DLT S4 Tape Drive Firmware c ccccecesesneeseees 246 DEVICE VENDOR SERIAL NUMBER Attribute Parameter Data Field Descriptions eee 248 MEDIUM USAGE HISTORY Attribute Data Format 249 MEDIUM USAGE HISTORY Attribute Parameter Data Field Descriptions 0 ice cesseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeees 251 PARTITION USAGE HISTORY Attribute Parameter Data Field Descriptions eee eseseeeceeseseeeeeeceteesees 254 Medium Type Attributes for EMAM Supported by the DLT S4 Tape Drive Firmware c cece 256 MEDIUM TYPE and MEDIUM TYPE INFORMATION Attributes cece eeseeseseseeeeeeneesees 258 Host Type Attributes for MAM Supported by the DLT S4 Tape Drive Firmwate 0 cesses eeseteeseeeeseteens 258 TEXT LOCALIZATION IDENTIFIER Attribute Values sacs csccssscstssees en asntesvencabsoneeas i EEEE E i EES 259 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Field TDOSCHIP HONS APEE EE E E E AE T yess 265
316. s C Code 0006h Media ID of the most recently loaded cartridge continued 0007h Controller serial number least significant 16 bits The drive uses this value to generate the Media ID for blank tape cartridges 0008h Drive cleaning cycle count 0009h Serial number of the first drive to write the current tape 000Ah Serial number of the last drive to write the current tape 000Bh Total number of event log entries that are available through log page 07h 000Ch Maximum number of parameter codes per event log entry in log page O7h 000Dh Maximum number of cleans on a cleaning cartridge 000Eh Number of drive power cycles 000Fh Power on time for this power cycle in milliseconds 0010h Total drive power on time in milliseconds 0011h Current Track Number 7000h TapeAlert flags bit map See ADC specification INCITS 403 2005 Table 17 bytes 4 15 8000h Drive Lifetime media loads 8001h Drive Lifetime media motion hours 8002h Drive media motion hours since last clean 8003h Periodic Cleaning Interval in media motion hours 8004h Drive Lifetime GBs written to tape 8005h Drive Lifetime GBs read from tape 9000h Media Lifetime load count 9001h Media Lifetime load count threshold 9002h Media Lifetime wear passes 9003h Media Lifetime wear passes threshold 9004h Media Lifetime motion hours 9005h Media Lifetime motion hours threshold Parameter Bit Value Description Control Byte DU To Disable Update DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide
317. s command may be written to the medium ABORT TASK SET aborts all commands for the requesting initiator ABORT TASK SET can clear multiple commands when command queuing is in effect Supported in the SAS protocol only It is used as part of the protocol error recovery process to determine if a command was received by the drive or was discarded due to an error detected at the protocol layer Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details PTT a This chapter explains information specific to the Parallel SCSI Fibre Channel and SAS interfaces for the DLT S4 tape drive on the transport layer DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 9 Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Parallel SCSI Parallel SCSI This section contains descriptions of each of the messages the drive supports Parallel SCSI message level errors are communicated by messages that are defined specifically for that purpose for example MESSAGE PARITY ERROR or MESSAGE REJECT Message level errors are also handled by drive managed retries see Supported Messages on page 11 for more detailed message handling information SCSI Bus Reset Condition The DLT S4 tape drive responds to bus reset conditions as follows e Within 250 milliseconds and typically under 4 milliseconds after a bus reset the drive responds to SCSI bus selections and returns the appropriate normal responses Tape motion commands are returned with CHECK CONDITION status Sen
318. s density When set to 1 indicates that the drive is capable of writing at this density to either the currently mounted medium if the Media bit in the Command Block Descriptor is set to 1 or to any media if the Media bit in the Command Block Descriptor is set to 0 Note that all density code values the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command returns are supported for READ operations DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 285 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h Field Description DUP Duplicated When is set to 0 indicates that this Primary Density Code has exactly one density support data block When set to 1 indicates that this Primary Density Code is specified in more than one density support data block Deflt Default When set to 0 indicates that this is not the default density of the drive If neither the Primary nor Secondary Density Code fields are set to 0 and this bit is set to 1 the drive accepts a MODE SELECT header with a density code of 00h as equivalent to the Primary and Secondary Density Codes The default density of the drive may vary depending on the currently mounted media Multiple codes may return a Deflt bit of 1 when the Media field is set to 0 since more than one default may be possible Bit Per MM Indicates the number of bits per millimeter per track as recorded on the tape medium Media Width Indicates the width of the tape medium supported by this densit
319. s disabled Compression Algorithm OIR If the only if reserved OIR bit is set to one the device server will process a command only if a reservation see SPC 2 or persistent reservation see SPC 3 exists that allows access via the I_T nexus from which the command was received If the OIR bit is set to one and a command is received from an I_T nexus for which no reservation exists the device server will not process the command If the OIR bit is set to one and a command is received from an I_T nexus for a logical unit upon which no reservation or persistent reservation exists the device servers terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to NOT RESERVED Commands that are not be effected by the OIR bit set to one are defined as Allowed in the presence of persistent reservations in SPC 3 or are defined in SPC 2 as Allowed in the presence of reservations Commands that are effected by the OIR bit set to one are defined as Conflict in the presence of persistent reservations in SPC 3 except for the RESERVE RELEASE PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN and PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands or are defined in SPC 2 as Conflict in the presence of reservations An OIR bit set to zero specifies the device server will process commands as specified in SPC 3 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 178 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah F
320. s may be queued for each initiator If an initiator does not clear its queued Unit Attentions any additional Unit Attention conditions are not reported Many of the SCSI commands cause data to be transferred between the initiator and the tape drive The content and characteristics of this data are command dependent Table 13 lists the information transmitted with each of the commands The drive uses the Length in CDB column of table 13 to determine how much command related data are to be transferred Table 12 lists how the units bytes or logical blocks for the different Length fields are implied by the Length field name as follows Field Name Units Implied Allocation Length Bytes of data the drive is allowed to send to the initiator Parameter List Length Bytes of data the initiator has available for the drive Transfer Length Logical number of data blocks or data bytes the initiator wants transferred or verified Byte Transfer Length Bytes of data the initiator wants transferred 26 Table 13 Command Contents Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing The Data Out column in table 13 lists the information the initiator passes to the drive as part of the command The Data In column lists the information the drive sends to the initiator Numbers in parentheses after an item indicate the item s length in bytes In some cases additional length information is communicated durin
321. se Key of Not Ready until the drive makes the medium ready e The drive rewinds the tape to Beginning of Partition 0 Note The DLT S4 tape drive does not implement the hard reset alternative for bus RESET processing The DLT S4 tape drive recognizes multiple bus resets in succession as well as bus resets of arbitrarily long duration power on conditions It recovers within the time limits specified above following the last bus reset DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 10 Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Parallel SCSI Supported Messages The tape drive supports the messages and the direction of the message flow as listed in table 2 and table 3 Information Information Message In Units Units Disconnect 04h vV Identify 80h V Ignore Wide Residue 23h V Message Reject 07h V V Modify Data Pointers 1 5 0 vV Parallel Protocol Request 1 6 4 vV QAS Request 55h V Restore Pointers 03h V Save Pointers 02h Vv Simple Queue 20h Tag Vv Synchronous Transfer Req 1 3 1 v V Task Complete 00h vV Wide Transfer Request 1 2 3 V V DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 11 Table 3 Supported Message Out List DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Parallel SCSI Non Information Information Message Out Units Units Abort Task ODh V V see ABORT TASK on page 8 Abort Task
322. sed to read the DMARK table Ath This buffer provides access to diagnostic information saved from an earlier event Saved Buffer A2h This buffer provides real time access to diagnostic information Live Buffer Note In Data mode or Combined Header and Data mode any other value besides those listed is illegal In Descriptor mode any other value returns all zeros in the descriptor In Read Data from Echo Buffer and Echo Buffer Descriptor modes this field is ignored Buffer Offset Allows the host to specify the location of the start of the data within the buffer This field is reserved and must be set to 0 for all modes except Data modes Allocation Specifies the maximum number of bytes the initiator has allocated for returning data The Length host uses this field to limit the size of data transfers to its own internal buffer size DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 265 Retrieving Diagnostic Data DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch The host should first send a READ BUFFER command in Descriptor mode Mode 3 to determine the size of the buffer being returned In response to the READ BUFFER command the drive returns 4 bytes of data 3 of which contain the size of the buffer Note that this may take a while to complete possibly as much as 1 minute The host uses this data to establish the Buffer Offset and Allocation Length fields of the CDB Once the host knows the si
323. sede seataCatapessieits 18 Link Service and Unsolicited Control Support eee 18 Basic Link SOrviCe sewscsvsresseseisesstseseaversiscocavess4s oneseetsescacgevtstees cosevstsebivene teenies 18 Extended Link Service Commands 0 0 eeecseeesseesereseeeseeseeneeseeseeneaes 19 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization ieee eeeeeeeeeeeees 19 FC 4 Link Service Commands seeeescseeeeeseesesenseseesseneeeeseaeaeeeees 20 Unsolicited Control Name Server Requests ccccesesesseeeereteeeees 20 Serial Attached SCSI SAS viise eet eed nee e S 21 Transport Layer Retrie s s 2 cciccessstesssecsescecasescostesesiesssesccnssvanstecpeteescdntestesnsts 21 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands 22 Overview of SCSI Command and Status Processing cece 23 Status and Error Reporting cece cece eeeececseeeseeteeeseeeneeeeeees 24 AUTOS ONSE aero a EA 25 Unit Attention Condition eeessesreeeereseesreresreresrerereeresesresesnrseorrsessesens 26 Data In Out Command Components sessesesiseerisreresreresrsereresrersres 26 Behavior at Power On scsscssscssesensecsseecsesnsessrseneesenseenssesesarsessnseersenes 29 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 30 SCSI Command Descriptions oes eeeseeeceeseseseeseececaeseeeserseeneeanecsenaeees 31 ERASE Command 190 iii cescesetani tissu sndel Ea E EE 33 INQUIRY Command 12h oo cececessseseeeeeeeeeseseeceeeeceeceseseececeeseseneeeeeeeeeeees 34 Standard Inquiry Data Page cscs
324. siecsd N anaa EENeti 293 REPORT SUPPORTED OPERATION CODES Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions ssss ssssssssesesereseess 296 All_ commands Parameter Data Field Descriptions 297 All_commands Command Descriptor Field Descrip TONS n o R E E S 298 One_command Parameter Data Field Descriptions 300 REPORT SUPPORTED TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions 301 TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Command Parameter Data Field Descriptions eee 302 REPORT TIMESTAMP Command Field Descriptions 303 Xxvi DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 170 Table 171 Table 172 Table 173 Table 174 Table 175 Table 176 Table 177 Table 178 Table 179 Table 180 Table 181 Table 182 Table 183 Table 184 Table 185 Table 186 Table 187 Table 188 Table 189 Table 190 Table 191 Tables REPORT TIMESTAMP Command Parameter Data Field Descriptions si scissioni te e 304 REQUEST SENSE Command Data Field Descriptions 305 REQUEST SENSE Data Field Descriptions 307 Supported Sense Keys for REQUEST SENSE Command 309 Supported ASC ASCQ Hex for REQUEST SENSE COMMA i eesti tedeeeeias EA AN 310 RESERVE 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format eea E See Me Sie Nera hatiek aety 318 RESERVE 10 Command Descriptor Block Field TDOSCHIP HONS eeren ri na DEE E 319 RESERVE 10 ID Only Parameter List Data
325. ssssegsbessssedestesesssesdsessesdscdansebsdessnes ves 104 Read Write Error Recovery MODE SELECT Page Field Deseripti ns sereo nreo E ste ses 106 Parallel SCSI Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions cece 108 Fibre Channel Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions eee 110 SAS Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions cece eeeeeeee te eeeeeeneee teens 112 Control Mode MODE SELECT Page Field IDESCHIP TONS 3 a a EE EER OEE vod E EEEE 114 Data Compression MODE SELECT Page Field DOSCIIPHONS eeoa ecusecces Mesbecs ces teens ORAE e 117 Device Configuration MODE SELECT Page Field Descr iPHONE aa aa N chess ote N 119 Medium Partition MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions cianie nri 122 Parallel SCSI Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions sssssssssessessisrsrsrereesresrestesresress 124 xxi DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Table 75 Table 76 Table 77 Table 78 Table 79 Table 80 Table 81 Table 82 Table 83 Table 84 Table 85 Table 86 Table 87 Table 88 Table 89 Table 90 Table 91 Table 92 Table 93 Table 94 Tables Fibre Channel Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions ccccesesseeeseeeeeetees 125 SAS Logical Unit Control MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions nnes ea rerio OI E 126 Parallel SCSI Port Control M
326. t follow are subject to the persistent reservation restrictions set by the preempting initiator The persistent reservation the preempting initiator created is defined by the Scope and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command and the corresponding fields of the command s parameter list The Preempt service action removes the registration keys for the preempted initiators the Reservation Key for an initiator that has performed a Preempt service action with its own Reservation Key specified in the service action Reservation Key remains unchanged although all other specified releasing actions and reservation actions are performed Note that persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any initiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that specifies either the Preempt or the Preempt amp Abort service actions New persistent reservations that do not conflict with an existing persistent reservation execute normally DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 224 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Code Name Description 05h Preempt amp Abort A PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with a Preempt amp Abort service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have been registered with the service action Reservation Key specified in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command s parameter list It also establishes a persistent reservati
327. t to 0 the drive returns density support data blocks for the densities of any supported medium When set to 1 the drive returns density support data blocks for the densities supported by the mounted medium only Medium Type When set to 0 the drive returns a REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT header followed by one or more Density Report descriptors as shown in figure 143 When set to 1 the drive returns a REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT header followed by one or more Medium Type descriptors are shown in figure 145 Allocation Specifies the maximum number of data bytes that the drive is allowed to return Length Report Density Support Figure 143 illustrates the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT header Figure 143 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header Data Format Bit A Available Density Support Length LSB 223 Reserved 4 n Density Support or Medium Type Descriptor s Table 157 provides a description of the fields in the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT header DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 283 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h Table 157 REPORT DENSITY Field Description SUPPORT Header Field Descriptions Available Specifies the number of bytes in the data that Density Support follows that are available to be transferred Note Length that the length value does not include the length of the field itself Density Support See figure 144 and figure 145 or Medium Type Descriptor s The
328. t total number of hours during the lifetime of the drive The time stamp counter is updated once per hour If the drive is powered down before the hourly update occurs the update does not occur until a full hour after power is re applied Media ID Internal media identifier being used when CHECK CONDITION status occurred A value of 0 indicates no media or unknown media when the event occurred Note that this is not a legitimate method of tracing media Sense Key The Sense Keys are described table 173 on page 308 Additional The Additional Sense Codes are described in table 174 on page 309 Sense Code Additional Sense The Additional Sense Code Qualifiers are described in table 173 on page 308 Code Qualifier Additional Error Not used Information General Purpose Log page 38h provides access to a 64 byte non volatile buffer in the tape Non Volatile Log Page drive for general purpose use The log page contains one 64 byte 38h parameter with a Parameter Code setting of 0 The 64 bytes in the Parameter Value field contain the data from the Parameter Value field the last time a LOG SELECT command was processed that contained page 38h DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 91 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 44 General Purpose Non Volatile LOG SENSE Page Header Format Page Code 38h Reserved MSB oa Page Length LSB Table 57 General Purpose
329. ta PIV Set to 0 indicating that the value returned in the Protocol Identifier field should be ignored Association Set to 0 indicating that the Identifier is associated with the logical unit Identifier Type Set to 3h indicating this identifier is of the NAA type Identifier Length Specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier field If the Allocation Length field of the CDB is too small to transfer the entire identifier the Identifier Length value is not adjusted to reflect the truncation NAA Identifier Contains the Name Address Authority NAA identifier for the logical unit DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 46 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h Port NAA Identifier Figure 14 shows the format of the Port NAA Identifier Figure 14 Port NAA Identifier Data Format Bit Byte 0 Protocol Identifier Code Set 1 1 PIV 1 Reserved Association 1 Identifier Type 3 2 Reserved 3 Identifier Length 08h MSB 4 11 NAA Identifier binary LSB Table 24 Port NAA Identifier Field Descriptions Field Description Protocol Identifier The drive returns 0 if the protocol is Fibre Channel and 6h if the protocol is SAS This identifier type is not returned by devices using a parallel SCSI interface Code Set Set to 1h indicating binary data PIV Set to 1 indicating that the value returned in the Protocol Identifier field is va
330. ta Pointers Always set to 0 The drive does not support reordering FCP_Data Us for a single SCSI command First Burst Size Always set to 0 Indicates the maximum amount of data that can be transmitted in the first FCP_Data unit sent from the host The drive always returns 0 for this field indicating no size limit Ee Figure 88 SAS Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page Code 02h 1 Page Length OEh MSB 2 3 Reserved LSB MSB 4 5 Bus Inactivity Time Limit LSB MSB 6 7 Reserved LSB MSB 8 9 Maximum Connect Time Limit LSB MSB 10 11 Maximum Burst Size LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 169 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 12 Reserved 13 Reserved MSB 14 15 First Burst Size 0 LSB Table 96 SAS Disconnect Reconnect MODE SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable Always set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred A value of 02h identifies this as the Disconnect Reconnect Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 Bus Inactivity Limit Indicates the maximum per
331. ta bytes transferred to the initiator s during READ command operations Parameter Bit Value Description Control Byte 3 DU 0 Disable Update DS 1 Disable Save DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 76 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description Parameter TSD 1 Target Save Disable contre oye ETC 0 Enable Threshold Comparison Continued TMC 0 Threshold Met Criteria LBIN 0 List Binary LP 0 List Parameter Parameter Specifies the number of bytes in the parameter value All parameters are 8 bytes in Length length Parameter Indicates the actual value of this log parameter Value Temperature Log Page This page provides a standardized way to report the device temperature ODh Figure 35 Temperature LOG SENSE Page Header Format Bit Byte Page Code 0Dh Reserved MSB T Page Length LSB Table 47 Temperature LOG Fiel D TE SENSE Header Field eld escriptio EE Page Code Echoes the page code specified in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page excluding the 4 bytes that make up the header DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 77 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Figure 36 Log Parameters Format for Temperature Page Parameter Code Temperature DU DS TSD ETC TMC LBIN LP Parameter Length 02h
332. te 0 Operation Code 5Fh 1 Reserved Service Action 2 Scope Type 3 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Parameter List Length 18h LSB 9 Control Table 122 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command Field Descriptions Field Description Service The following service action codes are available All other values are reserved Action Code Name Description 00h Register Registers a Reservation Key with the drive 01h Reserve Creates a persistent reservation using a Reservation Key DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 220 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Field Description 02h Release Releases a persistent reservation 03h Clear Clears all Reservation Keys and all persistent reservations 04h Preempt Preempts persistent reservations from another initiator 05h Preempt amp Abort Preempts persistent reservations and or removes registrations and aborts all tasks for all preempted I_T nexuses 06h Register and Ignore Registers a Reservation Key with the tape drive Existing Key Existing Reservation Key is ignored 07h Register and Move Registers the specified initiator port and moves the reservation to the initiator port See table 123 for detailed descriptions of each of the Service Action codes Scope The drive only supports reservations of the entire logical unit Must be set to 0 Type Specifies the characteristics of the persistent reservation being established for all data
333. te the password to tape Ifthe currently loaded tape has data written on it a WRITE or WRITE FM command from BOT REWIND or UNLOAD command will cause the password to be written to tape PWF Password Write Failed This read only bit indicates that the password that was pending to be written to tape was not written due to a write error This bit is set from the time of unloading the failing cartridge until the load of the next cartridge If this bit is 0 after unloading a tape then the password was successfully written to tape The PCP bit is cleared when this bit is set CRA Cartridge Read Access This read only bit indicates if the cartridge can be accessed for the following READ type commands READ SPACE VERIFY and LOCATE CWA Cartridge Write Access This read only bit indicates if the cartridge can be accesses for the following WRITE type commands WRITE WRITE FM ERASE and WRITE ATTRIBUTE Password This read write field selects the identification of the password to modify The values are Selection 0 Host Read Write Password 1 Automation Read Write Password On a MODE SENSE command this field will be set to the last password that was selected on a MODE SELECT for that port Scope Scope of Password Protection This two bit read write field determines who is allowed to access the drive in a multi initiator environment This field is reserved for the ADC device server The last scope successfully selected determines the global scope for passwords A
334. te while the tape is at a position other than EOD will be rejected and no data will be accepted from the host The EOD mark will be written at the end of each new dataset EOD will be written after all remaining user data is flushed to the tape and any type of position command or read command is given to the drive e g REWIND EOD will be written to tape if a WRITE FILEMARK 0 command is received by the drive EOD will also be written if the Write Delay Time parameter of the MODE SELECT SENSE Device Configuration Page is reached no further data was received from the host A DLTSage WORM tape may be read as often as the user requires The following sections contain specific methods to e Determining if the SDLT drive is DLTSage WORM capable Determining if the currently loaded cartridge is a DLTSage WORM tape e Converting an SDLT data cartridge into a DLTSage WORM cartridge e Reading the DLTSage WORM signature e Understanding unique sense data reported while using DLTSage WORM cartridges 346 Determining if the SDLT Drive is DLTSage WORM Capable Determining if the Current Cartridge is a DLTSage WORM Converting an SDLT Data Cartridge to DLTSage WORM DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Use of DLTSage WORM Tapes e Understanding the timeout value for creating the DLTSage WORM cartridge e Determining if tampering of the DLTSage WORM cartridge has occurred e Responding to DLTSage WORM sens
335. tected and subsequent unprotected tapes loaded into the drive will become password protected If a tape is mounted and password protected the value in the password field must match the password on the tape The password will be written to the tape in conjunction with a WRITE WRITE FM ERASE or UNLOAD command Password protected tapes will not be modified by this action code DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 204 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah Field Description 06h Remove Password from the tape Tape must be mounted and the drive password s must match the tape password s This action clears the APB APD and the appropriate TPP bits The drive password is not cleared from drive memoty 07h Clear Drive Password This action clears the APB APD and corresponding DPS bits and the password from drive memory If a password protected tape is loaded the appropriate PMM bit will be set Password field is ignored 08h 3Fh Reserved Number of This read only four bit field indicates the number of passwords supported This field is Passwords __ currently set to two one for the host interface and one for the automation interface Supported However this design can handle up to 8 passwords APB Auto Password Blank Tapes This read only bit indicates password protection mode for this password is set to auto password protect all blank tapes APD Auto Password Un
336. th ASCII String for Event n Table 44 Log Parameters for Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Field Description Parameter Event logs start in parameters with Parameter Code values that are even multiple of 10h Code The event logs in parameter Oh is the oldest event in the log the event log in parameter 10h is the next oldest and so on Event log may span between multiple parameters up to 16 Parameter Bit Value Description Control Byte DU 0 Disable Update DS 1 Disable Save TSD 0 Target Save Disable ETC 0 Enable Threshold Comparison TMC JO Threshold Met Criteria LBIN JO List Binary LP 1 List Parameter Parameter Specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page excluding the 4 bytes that Length make up the header DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 74 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Field Description ASCII String for Event n The text of the parameters with Parameter Code values that are an even multiple of 10h include a Packet that is a value from 0 to 255 The drive assigns this internal number when the packet is written to EEPROM A value of 0 is normally the oldest packet but packet numbers wrap back to 0 after reaching 255 Sequential Access Device Log Page 0Ch Figure 33 Sequential Access Device LOG SENSE Page Block Header Format This page provides a standardized way to re
337. the Block Length field in the mode parameter block descriptor is non zero or e The drive does not report CHECK CONDITION status if the only error is the underlength condition or if the only error is the overlength condition and the Block Length field of the mode parameters block descriptor is set to 0 Fixed Specifies whether the drive is to transfer fixed length or variable length blocks and gives meaning to the Transfer Length field of the READ command When set to 0 requests variable block mode A single block is transferred with the Transfer Length specifying the maximum number of bytes the initiator has allocated for the returned data When set to 1 requests fixed block mode DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 234 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ Command 08h Field Description Transfer When set to 1 specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the initiator This Length setting is valid only if the drive is currently operating in fixed block mode When set to 0 no data is transferred and the current position on the drive does not change This is not an error condition A successful READ operation with the Fixed bit set to 1 transfers x byes of data where x current block length x of blocks x block size bytes of data to the initiator Upon termination of the READ command the drive logically positions the medium after the last block of data transferred EOM side Filemark and End of Data Handli
338. the WRITE ATTRIBUTE Commanid 339 WRITE BUFFER Command 3Bh oo e ee eeceeeseseseeseeeeeeeeeeeseseaearenseeeaeanees 341 Write Combined Header and Data Mode 00h eeeeeeeeeeeeee 342 Write Data Mode 02h erenneren 342 Download Microcode Mode 04h cececeesseeesseseesseestseneeeeseeeneeeees 342 Download Microcode and Save Mode 05h oe eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 343 Write Data to Echo Buffer Mode OAR 0 eee eeeeeseseeeeecreteeeeeeaesenes 343 WRITE FILEMARKS Command LON ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneesteeseeeeeanees 344 Appendix A DLTSage WORM 346 The Initialization Process snenie rninistr iei r S AEN EN 346 Use of DLTSage WORM Tapes ss e sessssessesiserisrisresresresrisnesnenresresnenrenrenress 347 DLTSage WORM Details isecccccccscscsesssitsssesssonessssescsssateesessevedsenccesesdsssnivees 347 Determining if the SDLT Drive is DLTSage WORM Capable 348 Determining if the Current Cartridge is a DLTSage WORM 348 Converting an SDLT Data Cartridge to DLTSage WORM 348 Reading the DLTSage WORM Signature 0 cece ceseteeeeeeeee 349 Understanding Unique Sense Data while Using the DLTSage WORM Cartridge ssssscssssessessessssssceseesesssessssceeesesensavens 349 Append Write Errors While Using a DLTSage WORM LU e is cscs E O E E EOE EE 349 Errors While Creating a DLTSage WORM Tape 0ceceeeees 349 Determining if the Integrity of the DLTSage WORM Cartridge has been Compromised s
339. the appropriate type or a software write protect is in effect 8h BLANK CHECK The drive encountered End of Data or a blank tape Bh COMMAND ABORTED Generated when the drive aborts a command Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Indicates that the drive reached the physical end of tape medium during writing The initiator ignored the End of Medium condition and continued to write to the tape Table 174 provides the Additional Sense Codes ASCs and Additional Sense Code Qualifiers ASCQs that the drive may report Additional information explanations or suggestions for action are included with some of the descriptions A Table 174 Supported ASC ASCQ Hex for REQUEST SENSE Command Sense Text Name Key ASC ASCQ Description NO SENSE 00h 00h 00h No Additional Sense Code 00h olh FileMark Encountered 00h 02h End of Medium FOM Encountered 00h 03h SetMark Encountered 00h 04h Beginning of Medium BOM Encountered 00h 05h EOD Encountered 00h 16h Operation in Progress 30h 05h Cannot Write Medium Incompatible Error DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 310 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Sense Text Name Key ASC ASCQ Description NO SENSE 00h 5Dh 00h TapeAlert Failure Prediction Threshold Exceeded continued 5Dh FFh _ False Exception Condition RECOVERED Olh 00h 17h Clean Request
340. the configuration of the initiators attached to a logical unit without notifying the application client doing the examination DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 213 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh Field Description Additional Length Contains the count of the number of bytes that are in the Read Reservation descriptors bytes 8 n Note that this field contains the number of bytes regardless of the value prescribed by the Allocation Length field in the command s CDB Reservation The drive reports one Reservation descriptor for each unique persistent Descriptors reservation on the logical unit when the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command has indicated a Read Reservation action Figure 111 and table 117 contain details about the contents of each Reservation Descriptors field Figure 111 and table 117 illustrate and describe the data fields of each Read Reservation descriptor s data fields EES eee Figure 111 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read Reservation Descriptor Data Format Bit 0 Byte MSB 0 7 Reservation Key LSB MSB 8 11 Scope Specific Address LSB 12 Reserved 13 Scope Type 14 15 Obsolete DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 214 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command 5Eh Table 117 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Read Reservation Descriptor Field Descriptions Field Description Reservation Key Contains a
341. the device power on and off 32 Interface W The tape drive has a problem with the host interface 1 Check the cables and cable connections 2 Restart the operation 34 Download Fail W The firmware download has failed because you have tried to use the incorrect firmware for this tape drive Obtain the correct firmware and try again 36 Drive W Environmental conditions inside the tape drive are outside the Temperature specified temperature range 38 Predictive C A hardware failure of the tape drive is predicted Call the tape drive Failure supplier helpline 40 Loader C The changer mechanism is having difficulty communicating with Hardware A the tape drive 1 Turn the autoloader off then on 2 Restart the operation 3 If problem persists call the tape drive supplier helpline 42 Loader W There is a problem with the autoloader mechanism Hardware B 51 Tape directory W The tape directory on the tape cartridge just unloaded has been invalid at corrupted unload File search performance will be degraded The tape directory can be rebuilt by reading all the data 55 Loading C The operation has failed because the media cannot be loaded and Failure threaded 1 Remove the cartridge inspect it as specified in the product manual and retry the operation 2 If the problem persists call the tape drive supplier help line DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 87 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh
342. the following sense data will be presented 348 Determining if the Integrity of the DLTSage WORM Cartridge has been Compromised Understanding the Timeout Value for Creating the DLTSage WORM Cartridge DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 4 SCSI Commands Use of DLTSage WORM Tapes e Sense Key Illegal Request 05 e Parameter List Error Invalid Field 26 00 e The REQUEST SENSE data will point to the attribute 0x0408 field that you are incorrectly trying to modify If you have a standard DLTtape S4 cartridge and there is an error in the process of converting it toa DLTSage WORM tape the following sense data will be presented e Sense Key Medium Error 03 e Additional Sense Code DLTWorm Creation Error 0x83 e Additional Sense Code Qualifiers e DLTWorm Erase Failed 0x90 e DLTWorm Rewind Failed 0x91 e DLTWorm Read Failed 0x92 e DLTWorm Creation Invalid 0x93 If a DLTtape S4 cartridge fails DLTSage WORM initialization the application needs to report the above sense data If failures 0x90 0x91 or 0x92 occur the initialization of the DLTSage WORM tape was not successful If failure 0x93 occurs the cartridge is either the wrong type or has data on it For all failures the best recovery is to degauss the tape and try the operation again If DLTSage WORM initialization fails a second time the tape should be considered defective The DLTSage WORM firmware will report the WORM Medium Integrity
343. the most significant bit of the entire reserved field When the field in error uses an entire byte the Bit Pointer field is typically not used BPV is set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 308 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h Field Description Field Pointer If the Sense Key is ILLEGAL REQUEST this field indicates which byte of the CDB or Parameter List is in error For a multi byte field the most significant byte is indicated If the Sense Key is NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code field is OPERATION IN PROGRESS this field indicates the progress toward completion as the numerator of a fraction with 65 536 as the denominator Internal Status Vendor specific Code Tape Motion Reports the number of tape motion head wear hours Format is given as a Hours hexadecimal word 2 bytes Power On Hours Reports the total number of hours that drive power has been applied over the drive s lifetime Format is given as a hexadecimal longword 4 bytes Tape Remaining Reports the amount of tape remaining in 4 KB 4096 bytes blocks EEE See Table 173 Supported Sense Keys for REQUEST SENSE Command Sense Key Description Oh NO SENSE Check the Filemark EOM ILI Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields 1h RECOVERED ERROR Can result from rounding of Mode Parameters on a MODE SELECT command or may report that READ WRITE error rates ar
344. tify Address frame received by the drive Attached SMP Initiator Port Reflects the SMP Initiator Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached SSP Target Port Reflects the SSP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached STP Target Port Reflects the STP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Attached SMP Target Port Reflects the SMP Target Port Bit reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive SAS Address Indicates the SAS Address of the drive DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 133 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Descriptor Attached SAS Address Reflects the SAS Address reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Negotiated Physical Link Rate The value for this field is either 8h or 9h indicating a Physical Link Rate of 1 5 Gbps or 3 0 Gbps Attached Phy Identifier Reflects the Phy Identifier reported in the Identify Address frame received by the drive Programmed Minimum Physical Link Rate Always set to 8h indicating the 1 5 Gbps Hardware Minimum Physical Link Rate Always set to 8h indicating the 1 5 Gbps Programmed Maximum Physical Link Rate Always set to 9h indicating the 3 0 Gbps Hardware Maximum Physical Link Rate Always set to 9h indic
345. tion DLM Disable Loop Master Must be set to 0 The drive participates in loop master arbitration in the normal manner RHA Require Hard Address Must be set to 0 The drive attempts to acquire a soft address if it cannot obtain a hard address ALWLI Allow Login Without Loop Initialization Must be set to 0 The drive only enters the monitoring mode after it has gone through loop initialization DTIPE Disable Tape Initiated Port Enable Must be set to 0 The drive performs an LIP and attempts to participate in the loop as soon as power is restored DTOLI Disable Tape Originated Loop Initialization Must be set to 0 The drive generates the initializing LIP after it successfully enables a port into a loop RR_TOV Units Resource Recovery Timeout Units Must be set to 101b The drive uses a ten second unit of measure for RR_TOV in all cases RR_TOV Resource Recovery Timeout Value Must be set to 1Eh The drive always uses an RR_TOV value of 300 seconds SS a Se Se ee ae ene a8 Figure 70 SAS Port Control MODE SELECT Page Data Format Bit Byte Page Code 19h 1 Page Length 06h 2 Reserved Ready LED Protocol Identifier 6h Meaning 3 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 129 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h IT Nexus Loss Time LSB Initiator Response Timeout LSB Table 79 SAS Port Control MODE SELECT
346. to 0 Immed Immediate When set to 0 the drive does not return status until all buffered data and Filemarks are written to the medium When set to 1 the drive returns status as soon as it validates the CDB If set to 1 and the drive is not operating in Buffered mode see table 53 on page 101 the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB Transfer Contains the number of consecutive Filemarks to be written to the tape medium A value Length of 0 is not considered an error the drive returns GOOD status The WRITE FILEMARKS command can be used to force the drive to write any buffered WRITE data to the tape medium If the drive is in Buffered mode when it receives a WRITE FILEMARKS with the Immed bit set to 0 it appends the requested Filemarks to the data and flushes the WRITE buffer contents to the tape medium A value of 0 in the Number of Filemarks field indicates that no Filemarks are to be written to the tape medium but still flushes any WRITE data to the tape if Immed is set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 345 Appendix A P DLTSage WORM a DLTSage WORM is the name of the DLT S4 feature that allows the DLTtape S4 cartridges to be used in Write Once Read Many WORM mode This feature is enabled by the presence of a standard DLTtape 54 cartridge that has been initialized as a WORM medium cartridge After the cartridge has b
347. tting More Information or Help DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Preface More information about this product is available on the Service and Support website at www quantum com support The Service and Support Website contains a collection of information including answers to frequently asked questions FAQs You can also access software firmware and drivers through this site For further assistance or if training is desired contact Quantum QuantumTechnical Assistance Center in the USA 800 284 5101 For additional contact information www quantum com support To open a Service Request www quantum com esupport For the most updated information on Quantum Global Services please visit www quantum com support For the most up to date information on Quantum Global Services please visit www quantum com suppotrt xxxiii Preface DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide XXXIV P Introduction E Chapter 1 D i Q This chapter covers basic SCSI background information as it relates to DLT S4 drive characteristics and interfaces Background Information About SCSI SCSI is one of the industry s most widely adopted I O interfaces it is widely used in computing platforms from personal computers to mainframes to peripheral devices of all types DLT S4 tape drives conform to the SCSI 3 standard You should familiarize yourself with the standards as previously mentioned in Related Documents on page xxxi before using the
348. ubpage 19h 04h page 137 1Ch TapeAlert Page 1Ch page 139 1Dh Medium Configuration Mode Page 1Dh page 142 27h Data Security Mode Page 27h page 144 3Eh EEPROM Mode Page 3Eh page 150 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 98 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Except for the EEPROM Vendor Specific Page page 3Eh the drive always powers on with its default configurations set The drive sets the mode parameters to their default setting following the processing of a TARGET RESET or LOGICAL UNIT RESET task management function see TARGET RESET on page 7 or LOGICAL UNIT RESET on page 7 Note See Changeable Parameters Within MODE SELECT on page 156 for a list of changeable parameters within MODE SELECT see EEPROM Mode Page 3Eh on page 207 for additional information about how to use these changeable parameters Figure 49 MODE SELECT 6 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 0 0 Operation Code 15h 1 Reserved PF Reserved SP 0 2 3 Reserved 4 Parameter List Length 5 Control DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 99 Figure 50 MODE SELECT 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Bit Byte Operation Code 55h Reserved PF Reserved SP 0 Reserved Parameter List Length LSB Control Note
349. uffer Full Ratio 0 3 Buffer Empty Ratio 0 MSB 4 5 Bus Inactivity Limit 0 LSB MSB 6 7 Disconnect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 8 9 Connect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 10 11 Maximum Burst Size LSB 12 EMDP FAA FAB FAC Restricted 13 Reserved MSB 14 15 First Burst Size 0 LSB DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 109 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Table 68 Fibre Channel Disconnect Reconnect MODE SELECT Page Field Descriptions Field Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT must be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 02h identifies this as the Disconnect Reconnect Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Buffer Full Ratio Must be set to 0 Buffer Empty Ratio Must be set to 0 Bus Inactivity Limit Must be set to 0 Disconnect Time Must be set to 0 Limit Connect Time Limit Must be set to 0 Maximum Burst Size Indicates the maximum amount of data that will be transferred without disconnecting in units of 512 bytes The default value is 80h for 64 KBytes EMDP Enable Modify
350. ult value is 1 SWP Software Write Protection Must be set to 0 Buffer Size at Early Must be set to 0 Warning Select Data When set to 1 enables data compression When set to 0 disables data Compression compression Algorithm DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 120 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description OIR If the only if reserved OIR bit is set to one the device server will process a command only if a reservation see SPC 2 or persistent reservation see SPC 3 exists that allows access via the I_T nexus from which the command was received If the OIR bit is set to one and a command is received from an I_T nexus for which no reservation exists the device server will not process the command If the OIR bit is set to one and a command is received from an I_T nexus for a logical unit upon which no reservation or persistent reservation exists the device servers terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to NOT RESERVED Commands that are not be effected by the OIR bit set to one are defined as Allowed in the presence of persistent reservations in SPC 3 or are defined in SPC 2 as Allowed in the presence of reservations Commands that are effected by the OIR bit set to one are defined as Conflict in the presence of persistent reservations in SPC 3 except for the RESERVE RELEASE PERSI
351. um results in a reservation conflict 226 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Code Name Description 7h Fh Reserved Not applicable A PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with a Service Action value of Register and Move uses a parameter list as described in figure 115 and table 126 All other service actions of the PERSISTENT RESERVER OUT command use the parameter list shown in figure 114 and defined in table 125 Every PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command sends all of the fields of the parameter list even if the field is not required for the specific service action or scope values Figure 114 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Parameter List Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 0 7 Reservation Key LSB MSB 8 15 Service Action Reservation Key LSB MSB 16 19 Scope Specific Address LSB 20 Reserved Spec_I_PT All_TG_PT Reserved APTPL 21 Reserved 22 23 Obsolete DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 227 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command 5Fh Table 125 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Parameter List Field Descriptions Field Description Reservation Key Contains an 8 byte token that the application client provides to the drive to identify the initiator that is the source of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command For all service actions except Register and Ignore Existing Key the drive verifies that the Reservation Key in the
352. ure 1 Synchronous Data Transfer Request Message Data Format ave BKI E7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Extended Message Identifier 01h 1 Length 03h 2 SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST 01h 3 Transfer Period 4 Transfer REQ ACK Offset DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide A SCSI device initiates a SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message exchange whenever a previously arranged transfer agreement may have become invalid The agreement becomes invalid after any condition that may leave the data transfer agreement in an indeterminate state such as 13 p I Table 4 Transfer Periods and Transfer Rates DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide Chapter 3 Transport Layer Implementation Details Parallel SCSI e After any SCSI reset condition e After a TARGET RESET message e After a power cycle e After a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message exchange The SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message exchange establishes an agreement between two SCSI devices on the clocking of the data used for DATA phase transfer between them This agreement applies to the DATA IN and DATA OUT phases only All other information transfer phases must use asynchronous transfers The tape drive implements both the wide data transfer and synchronous data transfer options If both wide and synchronous data transfers are used the wide data transfer agreement must be negotiated first If a synchronous data transfer agreement is in effect the drive resets the synchronous agree
353. us Protocol The PROTOCOL OPTIONS BITS field indicates the negotiated protocol options for the Options Bits current I_T nexus Transceiver The TRANSCEIVER MODE field specifies the current bus mode of the SCSI target port Mode as defined below Code Bus Mode 00b Unknown 01b Single ended 10b Low Voltage Differential 11b High Voltage Differential not supported DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 136 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Field Description Sent The SENT PCOMP_EN bit contains the value on the PCOMP_EN bit sent by the SCSI PCOMP_EN target port for the current I_T nexus Received The RECEIVED PCOMP_EN bit contains the value on the PCOMP_EN bit received PCOMP_EN by the SCSI target port for the current I_T nexus SPI Report Transfer The SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage shown in figure 74 Capabilities Mode Subpage is used to report the transfer capabilities for the SCSI target port for 19h 04h Parallel SCSI only The values in this mode subpage are not changeable via a MODE SELECT command For additional information see figure 68 Figure 74 Parallel SCSI SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 SPF 1 Page Code 19h 1 Subpage Code 04h MSB Jg Page Length 0Ah LSB 4 Reserved 5 Reserved Protocol Identifier 1h 6 Minimum Transfer Period Factor 7
354. ust be set to 0 SPF SubPage Format Always set to 0 Indicates that this page uses the page_0 page format Page Code Identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of 02h identifies this as the Disconnect Reconnect Page Page Length Indicates the number of bytes in the page excluding bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Bus Inactivity Indicates the maximum period the tape drive is permitted to maintain a connection Time Limit without transferring a frame This value is specified in 100us increments Must be set to 1 Maximum Indicates the maximum duration of a connection This value is specified in 100us Connect Time Limit increments Must be set to AOh Maximum Burst Size Indicates the maximum amount of data that will be transferred without disconnecting in units of 512 bytes The default value is 80h for 64 KBytes First Burst Size Must be set to 0 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 112 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SELECT 6 10 Command 15h 55h Control Mode Page 0Ah The Control Mode Page provides control over several features such as tagged queuing extended contingent allegiance asynchronous event notification and error logging Figure 61 Control Mode MODE SELECT Page Data Format 0 0 PS 0 SPF 0 Page C
355. ut returns all zeros in the READ BUFFER descriptor The Offset Boundary is 3 indicating that buffer offsets should be integral multiples of 8 Figure 131 READ BUFFER Descriptor Data Format Bit 0 Offset Boundary MSB 1 3 Buffer Capacity LSB Read Data from Echo In this mode the drive transfers data to the application client from the Buffer OAh Echo Buffer The Echo Buffer transfers the same data as when the WRITE BUFFER command with the mode field set to Echo Buffer was issued The Buffer ID and Buffer Offset fields are ignored in this mode The READ BUFFER command returns the same number of bytes of data as the drive received in the previous Echo Buffer mode WRITE BUFFER command from the same initiator If a previous Echo Buffer mode WRITE BUFFER command did not complete successfully the drive terminates the Echo Buffer mode READ BUFFER command with a CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code set to COMMAND SEQUENCE ERROR If the data in the Echo Buffer has been overwritten by another initiator the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status with Sense Key set to ABORTED COMMAND and the Additional Sense Code set to ECHO BUFFER OVERWRITTEN DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 268 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch Echo Buffer Descriptor In this mode the drive returns a maximum of 4 bytes of READ BUFFER Mode 0Bh descriptor infor
356. ve returns a GOOD status without altering any other reservation the Release service action does not change the Reservation Key The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status for any PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that specifies the release of a persistent reservation held by the requesting initiator that does not match the Scope and Type The Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the Additional Sense Code is set to INVALID RELEASE OF ACTIVE PERSISTENT RESERVATION Attempts to release persistent reservations in which none of the Scope Type Reservation Key and extent values match an existing persistent reservation held by the initiator making the request are not errors An active persistent reservation may also be released by either of the following Powering off When the most recent APTPL value received by the drive is 0 a power off performs a hard reset clears all persistent reservations and removes all registered Reservation Keys e Executing a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command from another initiator with a persistent reserve service action of Clear Preempt or Preempt amp Abort Do not perform a Release service action if any operations interlocked by the persistent reservation have not yet completed 03h Clear A PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command with a successful Clear service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators All Reservation Keys are also removed Any commands from any initiator that have been
357. xus Received PCOMP_EN Indicates the PCOMP_EN bit received for the current I_T nexus DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 193 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah SPI Report Transfer The SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage shown in figure 102 Capabilities Mode Subpage is used to report the transfer capabilities for the SCSI target port for 19h 04h Parallel SCSI only The values in this mode subpage are not changeable via a MODE SELECT command For additional information see figure 68 Note The values reported in this page pertain to protocol options negotiated or established on the SCSI Parallel interface used to transfer the data None of these parameters are changeable with a MODE SELECT command For a description of the possible settings see the SCSI Parallel Interface 5 SPI 5 standard K _ lt KKK C S C EE E E a Figure 102 Parallel SCSI SPI Report Transfer Capabilities Mode Subpage Data Format Page Code 19h Subpage Code 04h 2 3 Page Length 0Ah LSB 4 Reserved 5 Reserved Protocol Identifier 1h 6 Minimum Transfer Period Factor 7 Reserved 8 Maximum REQ ACK Offset 9 Maximum Transfer Width Exponent 10 Protocol Options Bits Supported 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 194 Table 110 Parallel SCSI
358. y This field is expressed in units of tenths of millimeters Tracks Indicates the number of data tracks supported on the medium by this density Capacity If the Media bit is set to 0 the Capacity field indicates the approximate capacity of the longest supported medium If the Media bit is set to 1 the Capacity field indicates the approximate capacity of the current medium The capacity assumes that compression is disabled The capacity also assumes that the media is in good condition and that normal data and block sizes are used The value is given in units of megabytes 1 048 576 bytes Note that the drive does not guarantee that this space is actually available in all cases The Capacity field is intended to be used by the client to determine that the correct density is being used especially when a lower density format is required Assigning Organization Contains 8 bytes of ASCII data identifying the organization responsible for the specifications that define the values in the density support data block Density Name Contains 8 bytes of ASCII data identifying the document associated with this density support data block Description Contains 20 bytes of ASCII data describing the density DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 286 Medium Type Support Report Figure 145 Medium Type Descriptor Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h The REPORT DENSITY SUPPOR
359. y firmware personality variant Vendor Specific Product identification Subtype Media Loader When set to 0 indicates no loader present Non zero indicates loader is present Present Flag Library Present When set to 0 indicates no library present Non zero indicates library is present Flag Module Revision A 4 byte ASCII string representing the revision level of the tape drive s module the controller PCBA attached to the drive Unit Serial Number Drive s serial number matches what is shown on the exterior of the drive chassis DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 53 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands LOAD UNLOAD Command 1Bh LOAD UNLOAD Command 1Bh LEE aE Figure 20 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block Data Format The LOAD UNLOAD command instructs the DLT S4 tape drive to load or unload the tape inside the data cartridge If no data cartridge is in the drive the LOAD UNLOAD command returns a CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key set to NOT READY Likewise if the drive receives a LOAD UNLOAD command with the Immediate bit set and then it receives another command that requires tape motion or if it receives a TEST UNIT READY command the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key set to NOT READY Before executing the LOAD UNLOAD command the drive writes any cached write data to the tape Bit Byte 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Operation Code 1Bh 1 Reserved Immed
360. ze of the buffer the host sends a Mode 2 READ BUFFER command to transfer the data Read Data from the Saved Buffer A1h The Ath buffer the saved buffer contains information saved from an event that caused the drive to unexpectedly reset Use Mode 3 to test for event data The event data is not actually generated with this first READ BUFFER command instead the size of the data is returned Note If the length of this buffer is 0 an unexpected reset event has not occurred Read Data from the Live Buffer A2h The A2h buffer the live buffer contains the latest information about the current state of the tape drive The buffer is populated each time a READ BUFFER command using Mode 3 with the A2h buffer ID is received by the drive The information in this buffer is most useful when an error occurred that did not cause an unexpected reset of the drive for example a Hard Read Error HRE or a Hard Write Error HWE The buffer contains actual event data Note that retrieving this information overwrites any other saved event information so it is best to check the size of the Saved Buffer first to check if there is any useful information available do this with a Mode 3 READ BUFFER command described in Descriptor Mode 03h on page 267 266 Combined Header and Data Mode 00h Figure 130 READ BUFFER Header Data Format Chapter 4 SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch In this mode the drive returns
361. zero the loss of power in the SCSI target device releases the persistent reservation for the logical unit and remove all registered reservation keys If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the device server is one the logical unit retains any persistent reservation s that may be present and all reservation keys i e registrations for all I_T nexuses even if power is lost and later returned UNREG An UNREG bit set to one specifies that the device server removes the registration for the I_T nexus on which the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command REGISTER AND MOVE service action was received If the UNREG bit is set to zero the registration for the I_T nexus that originated the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command is not affected Relative Target Port Identifier The RELATIVE TARGET PORT IDENTIFIER field specifies the relative port identifier of the target port in the I_T nexus to which the persistent reservation is to be moved TransportID Descriptor Length The TRANSPORTID DESCRIPTOR LENGTH field specifies the number of bytes of the TransportID that follows is a minimum of 24 bytes and is a multiple of 4 DLT S4 Interface Reference Guide 231 Chapter 4 SCSI Commands PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command 1Eh Field Description TransportID The TransportID specifies the initiator port in the I_T nexus to which the persistent reservation is to be moved The format of the TransportID is defined in SPC 3 T

Quantum DLT-S4 Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents